RC CES-605 Installation Manual 523-0808269 Edn 5

installation
manual
CES Cabin Electronics System
for the
Bombardier Challenger 605
Export Control Classification Notice (ECCN) for this document is EAR99.
Copyright 2008 Rockwell Collins, Inc. All rights reserved.
March 15, 2008
TO:
HOLDERS OF ROCKWELL COLLINS CES CABIN ELECTRONICS SYSTEM FOR

THE BOMBARDIER CHALLENGER 605 INSTALLATION MANUAL (CPN 523-0808269)
5TH EDITION HIGHLIGHTS

The attached, new edition completely replaces the fourth edition of the Installation Manual.
Software Version 6.3 illustrations and text, and miscellaneous corrections have been included in
this edition.
This edition does not include copies of service bulletins (SB) and service information letters (SIL)
applicable to this equipment.
For this edition, move the SBs and SILs from your existing manual to this new edition.
TRAINING AND INFORMATION SOLUTIONS
1/2
CES Cabin Electronics System

for the
Bombardier Challenger 605
installation manual
Printed in the United States of America

Copyright 2008 Rockwell Collins, Inc.
All Rights Reserved.
(BA_CL605_CES_IM_MAR_15/2008)
Rockwell Collins, Inc.

Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52498
523-0808269-005116
1st Edition, July 30, 2006
5th Edition, March 15, 2008
T-1
ROCKWELL COLLINS, INC.

INSTALLATION MANUAL
Export Control Classification Notice (ECCN) for this document is EAR99.
PROPRIETARY NOTICE
FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT (5 USC 552) AND DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
GENERALLY (18 USC 1905)
This document and the information disclosed herein are proprietary data of Rockwell Collins, Inc. Neither this
document nor the information contained herein shall be used, reproduced, or disclosed to others without the written
authorization of Rockwell Collins, Inc., except to the extent required for installation or maintenance of recipients
equipment. This document is being furnished in confidence by Rockwell Collins, Inc. The information disclosed
herein falls within the exemption (b) (4) of 5 USC 552 and the prohibitions of 18 USC 1905.
SOFTWARE COPYRIGHT NOTICE
COPYRIGHT 2006 - 2008 ROCKWELL COLLINS, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
All software resident in this equipment is protected by copyright.
We welcome your comments concerning this manual. Although every effort has been made to keep it free of
errors, some may occur. When reporting a specific problem, please describe it briefly and include the manual part
number, the paragraph or figure number, and the page number.
Send your comments to:

400 Collins Road NE, M/S 153-250
Cedar Rapids, IA 52498-0001
EMAIL: techmanuals@rockwellcollins.com
For product orders or inquiries, please contact:

Customer Response Center
400 Collins Road NE, M/S 133-100
TELEPHONE: 1.888.265.5467
INTERNATIONAL: 1.319.265.5467
FAX NO: 319.295.4941
EMAIL: response@rockwellcollins.com
T-2
523-0808269
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.

NOTE:
The portion of the text affected by the changes is indicated by a vertical line
in the outer margins of the page. Changes to illustrations are indicated by
shaded or screened areas, or by miniature pointing hands.
Dates of issue for original and changed pages are:
Original 0 . . . . . . . . . 15 March 2008

TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IN THIS PUBLICATION IS 448 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
Page
No.
*Change
No.
T-1 - T-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
A-B ..........................0
i - vii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
viii Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
ix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
x Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
xi - xii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-1 - 1-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-16 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-18 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-20 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-22 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-23 - 1-79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-80 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-1 - 2-39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-40 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-42 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-44 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-46 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-48 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-50 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-52 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-54 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-56 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-58 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-60 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Page
No.
*Change
No.
2-62 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-64 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-66 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-68 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-70 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-72 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-74 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-76 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-78 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-80 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-82 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-84 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-86 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-88 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-90 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-92 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-94 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-96 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-98 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-100 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Page
No.
*Change
No.
2-102 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-104 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-106 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-108 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-110 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-112 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-114 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-116 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-118 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-120 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-122 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-124 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-126 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-128 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-130 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-132 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-134 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-135 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-136 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
3-1 - 3-86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-2 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-4 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
*Zero in this column indicates an original page.
523-0808269
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page
No.
*Change
No.
4-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-6 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-8 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-9 - 4-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-12 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-14 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-15 - 4-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-18 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-20 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-22 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-24 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-26 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-28 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Page
No.
INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.

NOTE:
The portion of the text affected by the changes is indicated by a vertical line
in the outer margins of the page. Changes to illustrations are indicated by
shaded or screened areas, or by miniature pointing hands.
*Change
No.
4-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-30 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-32 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-34 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-36 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-38 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-39 - 4-41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-42 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-43 - 4-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-46 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-48 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-50 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-52 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
*Zero in this column indicates an original page.
Page
No.
*Change
No.
4-53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-54 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-55 - 4-57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-58 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-59 - 4-61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-62 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-64 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-66 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-67 - 4-69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-70 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-72 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
5-1 - 5-46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
6-2 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Glossary-1 - Glossary-10 . . . . . . . . 0
523-0808269
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter/Para
Page
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iv

LIST OF TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vi
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ix
SAFETY SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xi
1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1.1
INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2.1
Backbone Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2.2
Cabin Management System Standard Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2.3
Basic Audio/Video. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.2.4
Optional Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.3
EQUIPMENT COVERED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.4
EQUIPMENT LOCATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
1.5
EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
1.6
STORAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-78
1.6.1
Storage Materials and Containers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-78
1.6.2
Area Atmospheric Conditions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-78
1.6.3
Extended Storage.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-78
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1
INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.2
UNPACKING AND INSPECTING EQUIPMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.3
PRE-INSTALLATION CHECK.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.4
CABLING INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.4.1
Cabling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.5
MOUNTS AND MATING CONNECTOR HARDWARE/TOOLING.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.6
LRU MATING CONNECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.7
INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
2.7.1
AAE-6200 PA Amplifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
2.7.2
ABDU-6180E/6210E Bulkhead Display Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
2.7.3
ASPA-1000 Switch Panel Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2.7.4
ABDU-6180/6210 Bulkhead Display Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
2.7.5
CDE-6000 CD/DVD/MP3 Player Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2.7.6
DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2.7.7
HST-2100/2110 High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
2.7.8
IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
2.7.9
ITPE-6520 Handset Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
2.7.10 JPE-6001/6300 Switch Panel Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
2.7.11 MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
2.7.12 Modular Cabinet Equipment Modules.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
2.7.13 MFE-6000 Modular Fan Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
2.7.14 PCU-6100 Wireless Passenger Control Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
2.7.15 RDE-6000 Relay Drive Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
2.7.16 SAE-6000 Stereo Amplifier Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
2.7.17 Signal Splitter/Combiner Equipment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
2.7.18 SRE-6100 Crew Area Speaker Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
2.7.19 SRE-6110 PA Speaker Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
2.7.20 SRT-2100 Satellite Data Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
2.7.21 SPE-6100/6220/6300/6400 Switch Panel Equipment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
523-0808269
Chapter/Para
2.7.22
2.7.23
2.7.24
2.7.25
2.7.26
2.7.27
2.7.28
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TSE-6014 Touch Screen Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TSE-6084 Touch Screen Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VEE-6000 Video Encoder Equipment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USPE-6300 Switch Panel Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XMA-1000 XM Radio Antenna Equipment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XME-6400 XM Radio Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
2-32
2-33
2-34
2-35
2-36
2-37
2-38
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.1
GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2
CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.1
INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.2
OVERVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.2.1
CES System Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.3
SYSTEM BACKBONE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4.3.1
System Backbone Components.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4.3.2
Modular Cabinet Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
4.3.3
Zone Distribution Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
4.4
CONTROL AND DISPLAY BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
4.4.1
Galley TSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
4.4.2
Flight Compartment Touch Screen Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
4.4.3
Switch Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
4.4.4
Wireless Remotes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
4.4.5
Bulkhead Monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
4.4.6
Personal Monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
4.5
ENTERTAINMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
4.5.1
Audio System.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
4.5.2
Video System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
4.5.3
Source Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
4.5.4
Distribution.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
4.5.5
Encoders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
4.5.6
Decoders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
4.5.7
Moving Map.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
4.5.8
Cameras.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
4.5.9
Carry-On Games. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
4.5.10 Satellite TV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
4.6
AIRBORNE OFFICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
4.6.1
Local Area Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.6.2
Wireless Connectivity (Option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.6.3
Fax/Printer/Scanner.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.6.4
Off Airplane Connectivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.6.5
Network Security.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.7
CABIN SERVICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.7.1
Cabin Call System.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.7.2
Ordinance Notification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.7.3
Passenger Briefing System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
4.8
CABIN UTILITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
4.8.1
Relay Drive Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1
INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.1
Routine Display Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ii
5-1
5-1
5-1
5-1
523-0808269
Chapter/Para
5.3
5.3.1
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.4
5.4.1
5.5
5.5.1
5.5.2
5.5.3
5.5.4
5.5.5
5.5.6
5.5.7
5.6
5.6.1
5.6.2
5.6.3
5.6.4
5.6.5
5.6.6
5.6.7
5.6.8
5.6.9
5.6.10
5.6.11
5.6.12
5.6.13
5.6.14
5.6.15
5.6.16
5.6.17
5.6.18
5.6.19
5.6.20
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
DATA BASE UPDATE PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Electronic Charts Database Update Tools.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Electronic Charts Database Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Electronic Manuals Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
TEST/TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Power Requirements.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
DIAGNOSTIC DESCRIPTION.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Maintenance Main Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
STATUS Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
DIAGNOSTIC Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
HST Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
SYSTEM Page.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
MISCELLANEOUS Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
MESSAGES Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
HIGH LEVEL TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Fault Isolation Setup Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Cabin Symptom - Black Cockpit TSE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Cabin Symptom - Call Inoperative.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Cabin Symptom - Cockpit TSE Out of Calibration.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Cabin Symptom - Cockpit TSE Power ON and Stuck at Waiting Network Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Cabin Symptom - Ethernet Jack Inoperative (No Connection with Laptop to CES). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Cabin Symptom - No AFT Bulkhead Monitor Audio in Cabin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Cabin Symptom - No FWD Bulkhead Monitor Audio in Cabin.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Cabin Symptom - No Audio in Headset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Cabin Symptom - No Moving Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Cabin Symptom - No Satellite TV Available on Monitors and Touch Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Cabin Symptom - No Video on Aft Bulkhead Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Cabin Symptom - No Video on Forward Bulkhead Monitor.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Cabin Symptom - No Video on Touch Screen Equipment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Cabin Symptom - 3.8-Inch TSE Inoperative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Cabin Symptom - No Wireless Connection (Using Laptop or WPCU).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Cabin Symptom - Pronto Remote Control Inoperative.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Cabin Symptom - Read and Table Lights Inoperative (Only One Read/Table Light). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Cabin Symptom - Read and Table Lights Inoperative (More Than One Read/Table Light). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Cabin Symptom - Switch Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Bulletins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.1
SERVICE BULLETINS AND SERVICE INFORMATION LETTERS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glossary-1
iii
523-0808269
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Number
1-1
1-2
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-8
2-9
2-10
2-11
2-12
2-13
2-14
2-15
2-16
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-13
3-14
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-18
3-19
3-20
3-21
3-22
3-23
3-24
3-25
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
iv
Title
Page
Cabin Electronic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

CES Equipment Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Mating Connector Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
MFE-6000 Modular Fan Equipment Mating Connector Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
CES for Challenger 605, Interconnect Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-101
ESE-6100 Ethernet Switch Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-105
IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-107
JEE-6000 Jumper Ethernet Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-109
MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-111
MFE-6000 Modular Fan Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-115
MME-6000 Moving Map Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-117
MME-6100 Moving Map Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-119
PME-6000 Processor/Mass Storage Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-121
PSE-6000 Power Supply Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-123
RDE-6000 Relay Drive Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-125
VEE-6000 Video Encoder Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-127
ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-131
Cabin Electronics System Equipment and Menus for Challenger 605 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Home Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Briefing Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Water Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Galley Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Lights Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Shades Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Presets Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Messages Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Settings Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Satellite TV Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, DVD/CD Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, XM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, CD Changer Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Camera Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Carry-On Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Messages Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Touch Screen Equipment, Airshow Category, Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Touch Screen Equipment, Airborne Office Category, Settings and Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
3.8-inch Touch Screens, Cabin Category, Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
3.8-inch Touch Screens, Source Select Category, Menus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Pronto Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Wireless Passenger Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Pronto Remote/Wireless Passenger Control Unit, Categories and Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Ordinance Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-86
Cabin Electronic System, Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
System Backbone Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Modular Cabinet Equipment, Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Modular Cabinet Equipment, System Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Zone Distribution Equipment, Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Zone Distribution Equipment, Schematic Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Control and Display, Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Entertainment, Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Video Encoder Equipment, System Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Data Tapping Equipment, System Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
523-0808269
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Number
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-13
5-14
5-15
5-16
5-17
5-18
5-19
5-20
5-21
5-22
5-23
5-24
5-25
5-26
5-27
Title
Page
Airborne Office, Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57

Passenger Notification, Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
Cabin Utility, Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Relay Drive Equipment, Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
Relay Drive Equipment, System Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Internet Protocol Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Run Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Windows Explorer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
MAINTENANCE Category, STATUS Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
MAINTENANCE Category, STATUS Page, VIEW ALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
MAINTENANCE Category, STATUS Page, SEAT MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS/CURRENT Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS/HISTORY Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS, DETAILS Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS, VARIABLES Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS, ADDITIONAL Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, COMMANDS Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, CONFIG Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, MAIN SETUP Tab, PACKET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, MAIN SETUP Tab, CIRCUIT MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, MAIN SETUP Tab, KEYBOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, DUAL SETUP Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, ACCESS Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
MAINTENANCE Category, SYSTEM LOGIN Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
MAINTENANCE Category, LIGHT Page, UPPER and LOWER Configuration Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
MAINTENANCE Category, LIGHT Page, FWD and AFT Configuration Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
MAINTENANCE Category, LIGHT Page, SET POWER UP DEFAULT VALUE Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
MAINTENANCE Category, LIGHT Page, CHANGE COLOR NAMES (Not part of version 6.3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
MAINTENANCE Category, ENTERTAINMENT Page, CUSTOM AUDIO Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
MAINTENANCE Category, CES Page, MCE Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
MAINTENANCE Category, MISC. Page, SELECT MASTER SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
MAINTENANCE Category, MESSAGES Page, MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
523-0808269
LIST OF TABLES
Number
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-10
1-11
1-12
1-13
1-14
1-15
1-16
1-17
1-18
1-19
1-20
1-21
1-22
1-23
1-24
1-25
1-26
1-27
1-28
1-29
1-30
1-31
1-32
1-33
1-34
2-1
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-13
3-14
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-18
vi
Title
Page
CES Equipment for Challenger 605. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Associated Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
ABDU-6180E Bulkhead Display Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
ABDU-6210E Bulkhead Display Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
ARE-6000 In-Arm Mechanism (Left and Right), Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
ARE-6150 Plug-In Base (Sideledge), Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
BFE-6000 Bulkhead Display Fan, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
CDE-6000 CD/DVD/MP3 Player, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34
EFB-6000 Electronic Flight Bag, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
ESE-6100 Ethernet Switch Equipment, Equipment Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
HST-2100 High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
IFE-6000 IFE Fan, Equipment Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39
IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
IRE-6000 Remote Control Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43
MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
MFE-6000 Modular Fan Equipment, Equipment Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
MME-6000/6100 Moving Map Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
PME-6000 Processor/Mass Storage Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
PSE-6000 Power Supply Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
RDE-6X00 Relay Drive Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53
Galley and Lavatory Speaker, 4 Ohms, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-59
Cabin Ordinance Speaker, 8 Ohms, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-60
SRT-2100-3 Satellite Data Unit, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61
TSE-6014 Touch Screen Equipment, Equipment Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62
TSE-6084 Touch Screen Equipment, Equipment Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-63
TVE-6000 Satellite TV DBS Antenna Unit, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-64
TVE-6200 Satellite TV IF Multiplexer Unit, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-66
TVE-6300 Satellite TV Receiver Decoder Unit, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-68
VEE-6000 Video Encoding Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-71
WLU-6000 Wireless LAN Unit, Equipment Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-73
XMA-1000, XM Radio Antenna, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-74
XME-6400 XM Radio, Equipment Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-75
ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment, Equipment Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-76
Mount and Mating Connector Hardware and Tooling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Cabin Electronics System Equipment and Menus for Challenger 605. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Home Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Briefing Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Water Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Galley Menu.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Lights Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Shades Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Preset Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Messages Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Settings Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Satellite TV Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, DVD/CD Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, XM Radio Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, CD Changer Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Camera Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Carry-On Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Messages Menu.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Touch Screen Equipment, Airshow Category, Home Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
523-0808269
LIST OF TABLES
Number
3-19
3-20
3-21
3-22
3-23
3-24
3-25
5-1
5-2
6-1
Title
Page
Touch Screen Equipment, Airborne Office Category, Settings and Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
3.8-inch Touch Screens, Cabin Category, Menu.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
3.8-inch Touch Screens, Source Select Category, Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
Pronto Remote. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
Wireless Passenger Control Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Pronto Remote/Wireless Passenger Control Unit, Categories and Menus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Ordinance Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-86
Cleaning and Handling Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Equipment Required for Loading Electronic Manuals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Service Bulletins and Service Information Letters.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
vii/(viii Blank)
523-0808269
INTRODUCTION
1. GENERAL.
1.1. Installation Manual Contents.
This Installation Manual has installation instructions for the Cabin Electronics System of the Bombardier Challenger 605 airplane.
1.1.1. The installation instructions are presented in the following chapters: General Information, Installation, Operation, Theory
of Operation, Maintenance, and Bulletins.
To submit comments regarding this manual, please contact:

400 Collins Rd NE
Attn: Technical Operations M/S 153-250
or send email to: techmanuals@rockwellcollins.com
ix/(x Blank)
523-0808269
SAFETY SUMMARY
1. GENERAL ADVISORIES FOR ALL UNITS.
SERVICE PERSONNEL ARE TO OBEY STANDARD SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, SUCH AS WEARING

SAFETY GLASSES, TO PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY WHILE INSTALLING OR DOING MAINTENANCE ON THIS UNIT.
USE CARE WHEN USING SEALANTS, SOLVENTS AND OTHER CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS. DO NOT
EXPOSE TO EXCESSIVE HEAT OR OPEN FLAME. USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. AVOID
PROLONGED BREATHING OF VAPORS AND AVOID PROLONGED CONTACT WITH SKIN. OBSERVE
ALL CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS GIVEN BY THE MANUFACTURER.
REMOVE ALL POWER TO THE UNIT BEFORE DISASSEMBLING IT. DISASSEMBLING THE UNIT
WITH POWER CONNECTED IS DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND MAY CAUSE VOLTAGE TRANSIENTS
THAT CAN DAMAGE THE UNIT.
THIS UNIT MAY HAVE COMPONENTS THAT CONTAIN MATERIALS (SUCH AS BERYLLIUM OXIDE,
ACIDS, LITHIUM, RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL, MERCURY, ETC.) THAT CAN BE HAZARDOUS TO
YOUR HEALTH. IF THE COMPONENT ENCLOSURE IS BROKEN, HANDLE THE COMPONENT IN
ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA REQUIREMENTS, CFR TITLE 29 PART 1910.1000 OR SUPERSEDING
DOCUMENTS, TO PREVENT PERSONAL CONTACT WITH OR INHALATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. SINCE IT IS VIRTUALLY IMPOSSIBLE TO DETERMINE WHICH COMPONENTS DO OR DO
NOT CONTAIN SUCH HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, DO NOT OPEN OR DISASSEMBLE COMPONENTS
FOR ANY REASON.
THIS UNIT EXHIBITS A HIGH DEGREE OF FUNCTIONAL RELIABILITY. NEVERTHELESS, USERS

MUST KNOW THAT IT IS NOT PRACTICAL TO MONITOR FOR ALL CONCEIVABLE SYSTEM
FAILURES AND, HOWEVER UNLIKELY, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT ERRONEOUS OPERATION COULD
OCCUR WITHOUT A FAULT INDICATION. THE PILOT HAS THE RESPONSIBILITY TO FIND SUCH
AN OCCURRENCE BY MEANS OF CROSS-CHECKS WITH REDUNDANT OR CORRELATED DATA
AVAILABLE IN THE COCKPIT.
BEFORE HANDLING ANY UNIT OR UNIT COMPONENT, GROUND THE REPAIR OPERATOR
THROUGH A CONDUCTIVE WRIST STRAP OR OTHER DEVICE THAT USES A 470-K OR 1-M
SERIES RESISTOR TO PREVENT OPERATOR INJURY.
xi
safety summary
523-0808269
Turn off power before disconnecting any unit from wiring. Disconnecting the unit without turning power off may
cause voltage transients that can damage the unit. This unit contains Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive (ESDS)
components and ESDS assemblies that can be damaged by static voltages. Although most esds components contain internal protection circuits, good procedures dictate careful handling of all ESDS components and ESDS
assemblies.
a. Obey the precautions given below when moving, touching, or repairing all ESDS components and units containing ESDS components.
b. De-energize or remove all power, signal sources, and loads used with the unit.
c. Place the unit on a work surface that can conduct electricity (is grounded)
d. Ground the repair operator through a conductive wrist strap or other device using a 470-K or 1-M series
resistor to prevent unit or unit component damage.
e. Ground any tools (and soldering equipment) that will contact the unit. Contact with the operator's hand is a
sufficient ground for hand tools that are electrically isolated.
f. All ESDS replacement components are shipped in conductive foam or tubes and must be stored in their shipping
containers until installed.
g. ESDS devices and assemblies that are removed from a unit must immediately be put on the conductive work
surface or in conductive containers.
h. Place repaired or disconnected circuit cards in aluminum foil or in plastic bags that have a layer of, or are made
with, conductive material.
i. Do not touch ESDS devices/assemblies or remove them from their containers until they are needed. Failure to
handle ESDS devices as described above can permanently damage them. This damage can cause immediate or
premature device failure.
2. SPECIFIC SAFETY ADVISORIES FOR THE CABIN ELECTRONICS SYSTEM.

The Cabin Electronics System (CES) for the Bombardier 605 airplane has certain features that require special attention. Please read
the following cautions carefully.
TO ENERGIZE OR DE-ENERGIZE THE CES, REFER TO THE CES OPERATORS GUIDE, CPN 523-0808165.
REMOVE AND INSTALL MODULAR CABINET EQUIPMENT MODULES ACCORDING TO THE

INSTRUCTIONS IN THE INSTALLATION CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL. MODULES MUST NEVER
BE REMOVED OR INSTALLED WITH THE CES ENERGIZED. THE MODULES ARE REMOVED OR
INSTALLED IN A SPECIFIC ORDER TO PREVENT PHYSICAL DAMAGE TO THE MODULES.
xii
523-0808269
CHAPTER 1
General Information
1.1. INTRODUCTION.
This chapter gives equipment descriptions, coverage, and location, and shows electrical specifications, for the Bombardier Challenger 605 airplane Cabin Electronic System (CES).
1.2. EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION.
The CES uses backbone equipment, Cabin Management System (CMS) standard equipment, basic audio-video, and optional equipment. The equipment is described as follows.
1.2.1. Backbone Equipment.
The MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment (MCE) is the physical cabinet that holds the MCE modules. These modules do all the
system processing. Module contents of the MCE follows:
PSE-6000 Power Supply Equipment (PSE)
MME-6000/6100 Moving Map Equipment (MME)
PME-6000 Processor/Mass Storage Equipment (PME)
JEE-6000 Jumper Ethernet Equipment (JEE)
ESE-6100 Ethernet Switch Equipment (ESE) module (Optional, replaces the JEE-6000).
1.2.1.1. The PSE-6000 supplies power to each of the modules, independently, one from the other. During a short stop in primary
input power to the PSE, power from the modules can continue for as long as 200 milliseconds. This is because of a capacitor in the
PSE that continues to supply power to the modules.
1.2.1.2. The PME-6000 module does the Input/Output (I/O) functions, and contains the memory for the MCE. The PME is a key
element in the CES system backbone. The PME is a key element in the CES system backbone.
1.2.1.3. The JEE-6000 module supplies an Ethernet junction function. The JEE supplies an Ethernet connection, directly between
the MCE external connectors and necessary Ethernet ports on the PME and MME.
1.2.1.4. The optional ESE-6100 module supplies an Ethernet switch/router function. The ESE supplies 24 Local Area
Network (LAN) ports (10/100 Base T Ethernet network) as the primary system data bus. The optional ESE is installed in the JEE
position in the MCE.
1.2.1.5. The MME-6000/6100 module supplies a commercial Pentium processor-based platform. It is suitable for hosting software applications, for example, the Airshow moving map and passenger briefings.
1.2.1.6. The ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment (ZDE) supplies airplane passenger entertainment and office-in-the-sky functions for the business traveler. The ZDE supplies distributed (multicast) audio and video from standard Digital Video Disk (DVD),
Compact Disk (CD), and full browser functions in the displays.
1.2.2. Cabin Management System Standard Equipment.
The Cabin Management System (CMS) standard equipment includes the passenger and crew interfaces and control to the CES.
1.2.2.1. The Switch Panel Equipment (SPE) supplies the passenger, switch-panel controls for the Call/Read/Table or
Call/Read/Read. An Ethernet, RJ45, jack connection for the laptop computers.
1.2.2.2. The RDE-6000 Relay Drive Equipment (RDE) supplies the switched relay and discrete potentials (ground and +28 V dc)
to control components in their related zones. The RDE has 14 relay outputs for control of Passenger Service Unit (PSU) lighting,
fans, and 16 discrete outputs for control of the window shades. Each RDE is connected to a ZDE by using the Multi-Drop Serial
Bus (MDSB). The RDEs provide seat belt and no smoking sign chime tones, and cabin call ringer tone to the cabin speakers.
1-1
general information
523-0808269
1.2.2.3. The EFB-6000 Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) is a very light, compact screen. It supplies excellent optics, daylight readability, night-flight-capable dimming, and touch screen convenience. The unit accepts 12-20 V dc, and has a standard Video Graphics
Array (VGA), Universal Serial Bus (USB) connection for video and the touch screen. The EFB provides a back-up to the galley
Touch Screen Equipment (TSE) functions. The PME-6000 drives the EFB display. The EFB software resides in the PME module
of the MCE.
1.2.2.4. The galley TSE serves as the main CES Built-In Test (BIT) and diagnostic interface. The galley TSE has the control
functions that follow:
Call System
Galley Systems
Galley and Lavatory Lighting Control
Water System
Passenger Audio Control
Cabin In-Flight Entertainment Source Selection and Control
Cabin Lighting Control
Cabin Temperature Control and Display
Cabin Electric Window Shade Control
Configuring and Selecting Different System Presets
Entry Area Lighting Control
Passenger Briefing System
Interactive Mapping System
Incoming Fax Annunciation
3.8-inch TSE Master Seat Relocation Control.
1.2.2.5. The DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment (DTE) receives and decodes video inputs from the ZDE 2 for the RH Cabin
Touch Screen Equipment (TSE), LH Cabin TSE, and the PNS pre-amp. The DTE encodes video inputs from the Cabin TSEs to
ZDE 2.
1.2.2.6. The IRE-6000 Infrared/Radio Equipment (IRE) remote control (also known as Pronto) is a color, touch screen, remotecontrol unit that interfaces to the IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter Equipment (IIE). The Pronto transmits the Radio Frequency (RF)
remote control codes to the Infrared/Radio Frequency (IR/RF) interpreter. The IR/RF interpreter generates the source equipment
codes in response to a key push on the touch screen remote. The IR/RF interpreter outputs the control signals to the DVD and CD
players.
1.2.2.7. Each passenger seat TSE provides the controls that follow:
Video and Audio Source Selection
Source Equipment Controls (Master Seat Location (MSL) Only).
1.2.3. Basic Audio/Video.
The CDE6000 Dual Disc DVD player supplies video and analog audio output over the Ethernet Bus as part of the entertainment
system. The Dual-Disc DVD player can play DVDs, MP3, and audio CDs.
1.2.3.1. The ABDU-6180E Bulkhead Display Equipment (BDE) is an 18.1-inch, flat-panel display. It displays the distributed
(multicast) video from standard DVD and CD players, and full browser capabilities.
1.2.4. Optional Equipment.
1.2.4.1. The ABDU-6210E is a 21.3-inch, flat-panel display. It displays the distributed (multicast) video from standard DVD, CD
players, and full browser capabilities. The TW-300 Tailwind (TW) satellite TV system enables the airplane to receive the Digital
Broadcast Satellite (DBS) television signals. The DBS television signals give the passengers access to a full spectrum of satellite
1-2
general information
523-0808269
video and audio programming. The system receives programming over selected regions of the world. The satellite TV system
includes:
TV Antenna
TV Antenna Interface
IF Multiplexer Unit
Receiver Decoder Units.
1.2.4.2. The XM Radio is a four channel receiver system. It receives digital-audio programming. that is transmitted by satellite,
and that can be selected by a user.
1.2.4.3. The TSE-6014 has a 10.4-inch display. The TSE-6014 shows the distributed (multicast) video from standard DVD, CD,
and full browser capabilities.
1.2.4.4. The VEE-6000 receives the audio inputs as follows:
Multi-disk CD player stereo-analog
SAT TV
XM Radio
Carry-on video/audio port.
The Video Encoder Equipment (VEE) encodes the audio into a Pulse Code Modulation (PCM) stream/channel. And it is multicast
onto the Ethernet LAN. The passengers use the TSE, or Pronto, to select and listen to these channels on passenger headphones. The
ZDE decodes the audio from the selected stream and drives the headphones or cabin amplifier.
The VEE receives the video inputs as follows:
DVD
Camera
Multi-disk CD player
SAT TV
Carry-on video/audio port.
The VEE processes National Television System Committee (NTSC), or Phase Alternation Line (PAL) analog video and audio. The
VEE encodes the video and audio into a Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG) MPEG-1, two-stream/channel, and it is multicast
onto the Ethernet LAN. The passengers use the TSE or Pronto to select and view any of these channels on passenger seat TSEs or
bulkhead monitors.
1.2.4.5. The SATCOM 6100 system has the SRT-2100 Satellite Receiver Transmitter (SRT) and HST-2100 High-Speed SATCOM
Transceiver (HST). A second HST-2100 High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver can be connected to the SRT. The HST supplies Swift64
service, with 64K bits per second mobile Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN). It also supplies mobile packet data services
for the support of the full range of ISDN compatible communication and Transmission Control Protocol-Internet Protocol (TCP-IP)
internet connectivity.
1.2.4.6. The Wireless LAN Unit (WLU) is a network distribution system designed specifically for rugged airborne applications.
It uses a Commercial-Off-The-Shelf (COTS) Direct-Sequence-Spread-Spectrum (DSSS) transmitter/receiver module that communicates in the 2.4 GHz Industrial, Scientific and Medical (ISM) radio-frequency-spectrum. The WLU provides the wireless communications to other airplane cabin devices on the network. The WLU provides a bridge between the wired Ethernet LANs and
802.11b compliant networks at a effective 11 Megabits per second (Mbps) data transfer rate on the radio network.
1.3. EQUIPMENT COVERED.
Refer to Table 1-1 for a list of the equipment covered in this manual. Refer to Figure 1-1 for an isometric view of each unit.
NOTE
An X in a part number indicates that the number/letter has not been identified at the time that the manual was
published. Or, it indicates the tail number of the aircraft.
1-3
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-1. CES Equipment for Challenger 605.

UNIT
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER
STD QTY
OPT
QTY
CES Backbone
MCE-6000
Modular Cabinet Equipment
822-1877-001
MFE-6000
Modular Fan Equipment
822-1916-001
PSE-6000
Power Supply Equipment
822-1879-001
PME-6000
Processor/Mass Storage Equipment
822-1880-001
LAN and System Software
810-0026-010
PME Configuration File
810-0035-XXX
MME-6000
Moving Map Equipment (Small)
822-1881-002
MME
MME Application Software
810-0012-005
MME
Configuration File
810-0040-XXX
ZDE-6000
Zone Distribution Equipment
1308523-100
1308523-101
JEE-6000
Jumper Ethernet Equipment
822-2295-001
CMS Standard Equipment

Electronic Flight Bag P/N FG8000RC-001
270-2770-020
C/R/T and C/R/R Switch Panel Mounting Bracket
2490-130-7
RDE-6000
Relay Drive Equipment
2052-1-2
DTE-6000
Digital Tapping Equipment (Cockpit EFB and PA)
1308524-100
IRE-6000
Remote Control Equipment
2507-1-002
2507-1-003
IREA-6000
Remote Control Software Config
810-0033-XXXX
IIE-6000
RF/IR Receiver/Interpreter
2033-1-1
TSE
8.4-inch
1308521-100
TSE
3.8-inch, VIP LCD
2516-1-1
PACP
Short Beauty Ring
2492-2-5-T17SA
24
PACP H-phone
Beauty Ring
2492-2-6-T17SA
PACP Display
Beauty Ring
2492-2-7-T17SA
LCD, VIP
Beauty Ring
2492-2-8-T17SA
CRT and CRR
Long Beauty Ring
2492-2-9-T17SA
24
Switch Panel (Flush) 1x1
2600-1-41-T17SA
1x1 Call Switch Panel (Aft Lav)
2600-1-42-T17SA
1x4 Aft Lav Lights Switch Panel
2600-1-43-T17SA
1x1 Switch Panel (Jumpseat)
2600-1-44-T17SA
1x4 Switch Panel (Entry)
2600-1-45-T17SA
EFB-6000
1-4
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-1. CES Equipment for Challenger 605. - Continued

UNIT
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER
STD QTY
Passenger Switch (C/R/T) (Rt)
2601-1-10-T17SA
Passenger Switch (C/R/T) (Lt)
2601-1-11-T17SA
Passenger Switch (C/R/R) (Divan Lt)
2601-1-8-T17SA
Headphone Jack
92100-1079
Passenger Switch (C/R/R) (Divan Rt)
2601-1-9-T17SA
PACP
Passenger ACP (PACP Lt)
2601-2-2-T17SA
PACP
Passenger ACP (PACP Rt)
2601-2-3-T17SA
OPT
QTY
Basic Audio/Video
SRE-6200
Speaker, Lavatory (8 Ohm)
SCD130-3-1
SRE-6200
Speaker, Cabinet Ordinance (4 Ohm)
SCD130-3-2
SAE-6000
Stereo Amplifier Equipment
3500-1-1
IFE-6000
IFE Fan
030002
BFE-6000
Galley TSE Fan
030616
BFE-6000
Bulkhead Display Fan
030616
ABDU-6180E
18.1-inch Bulkhead Display
866-0024-002
AAE-6200
(Preamp 270-NAT)
270-002
CDE-6000
Multi-disc CD Player
3201-1-2
Optional Equipment
Floorplan 2
USPE-6300
Passengers Switch Panel (C/R/T) (Lt)
2601-1-10-XXXX
USPE-6300
Passengers Switch Panel (C/R/T) (Rt)
2601-1-11-XXXX
PACP
Passenger Audio Control Panel (PACP Lt)
2601-2-2-XXXX
PACP
Passenger Audio Control Panel (PACP Rt)
2601-2-3-XXXX
PACP
Short Beauty Ring
2492-2-5-T17SA
PACP H-phone
Beauty Ring
2492-2-6-T17SA
PACP Display
Beauty Ring
2492-2-7-T17SA
CRT and CRR
Long Beauty Ring
2492-2-9-T17SA
C/R/T and C/R/R Switch Panel Mounting Bracket
2490-130-7
Passenger Switch (C/R/R) (Divan Rt)
2601-1-9-T17SA
2601-1-8-T17SA
Floorplan 1 + 4: Seat Divan (RH) and Seat Divan (RH)

PACP
Passenger ACP (PACP Lt)
2601-2-2-T17SA
PACP
Short Beauty Ring
2492-2-5-T17SA
1-5
general information
523-0808269

UNIT
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER
STD QTY
PACP H-phone
Beauty Ring
2492-2-6-T17SA
PACP Display
Beauty Ring
2492-2-7-T17SA
OPT
QTY
Entertainment Control Unit

TSE
3.8-inch, VIP LCD
2516-1-1
2601-1-8-T17SA
Additional MSL 3.8-inch TSE

TSE
3.8-inch, VIP LCD
2516-1-1
2601-1-8-T17SA
Headphone Jack
92100-1079
Satellite Data Unit
822-2023-001
Satcom 8 MCU Tray with Fan P/N 6269-101
866-5007-070
High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver (Swift 64)
822-2020-001
3-way Signal Splitter
850-0008-010
2 MCU Tray with Fan P/N 6269-101
866-5007-070
High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver (Swift 128)
822-2020-001
3-way Signal Splitter
850-0008-010
2-way Signal Splitter/Combiner
850-0009-010
2 MCU Tray with Fan P/N 6269-101
866-5007-070
3201-1-2
SATCOM 6100
SRT-2100
Swift64
HST-2100
Swift128
HST-2100
CD Changer
CDE-6000
Multi Disk CD Player
21.3-inch Bulkhead Display

ABDU-6210E
Ethernet Display Equipment 21.3-inch
866-0022-001
866-0022-002
Sideledge 10.4 inch Monitor

TSE-6014
ARE-6150
Touch Screen Equipment, 10.4" TSE
1308520-100
Plug-In Arm
200-92796-101
Plug-In Base (Side ledge)
200-92797-101
Wireless LAN Unit
900973-1
Wireless LAN Unit Antenna
900626-1
Wireless LAN
WLU-6000
LH Cockpit Display
1-6
general information
523-0808269

UNIT
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER
STD QTY
OPT
QTY
1
EFB-6000
Electronic Flight Bag
FG-8000RC-001
DTE-6000
Digital Tapping Equipment (Cockpit EFB and PA)
1308524-100
XM Radio 4 Channel
XME-6400
XM Radio
XMR400-01
XM Radio Antenna
XMA-1000
XM Radio Antenna
822-2030-001
Satellite TV IF Multiplexer
930011-02
Receiver/Decoder Unit
931000-101
RDU Tray
914091-1
TV Antenna
81914B01B
TV Antenna Interface
81927B01B
1308525-100
SatTV (TW-300)
TVE-6200
VEE Option
VEE-6000
Video Encoder Equipment
ESE Option
ESE-6100
Ethernet Switch Equipment
822-1943-002
JEE-6000
Jumper Ethernet Equipment
822-2295-005
866-0025-001
Second Dual DVD

ADVD-6220E
Dual Ethernet CD/DVD Player
Table 1-2. Associated Equipment.

UNIT
DESCRIPTION
Satellite Data Unit Mount
8-MCU mounting tray, Back mount fan
Receive Splitter
Frequency Range: 1.0 - 2.0 GHz Isolation db: 20 db (Typical)
Transmit Signal Combiner
Frequency Range: 1.0 - 2.0 GHz Isolation db: 25 db (Typical)
1-7
general information
523-0808269
Figure 1-1. Cabin Electronic System (Sheet 1 of 7)
1-8
general information
523-0808269
1-9
general information
523-0808269
1-10
general information
523-0808269
1-11
general information
523-0808269
1-12
general information
523-0808269
1-13
general information
523-0808269
1-14
general information
523-0808269
1.4. EQUIPMENT LOCATION.

Refer to Figure 1-2 for CES equipment locations.
1-15/(1-16 Blank)
general information
523-0808269
3/4 PLACE DIVAN

WITH PLUG-IN ARMREST
DIVAN END
CABINET
LAVATORY
FS
280.00
GALLEY
FS
350.25
FS
450.00
MAGAZINE RACK
FS
473.00
FS
621.00
FS
560.31
EMERGENCY
EXIT
WATER TANK
10 GALLON
18" FLAT SCREEN DISPLAY

3X DOME LIGHT
FS
401.75
FS
515.16
6X SINGLE SEAT ASSY
FLOOR PLAN 1
(BASELINE)
BAGGAGE
DOOR
AFT
WARDROBE
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
(9.0 LBS) X2
FWD WARDROBE
TPH7281_01
Figure 1-2. CES Equipment Location (Sheet 1 of 3)
1-17/(1-18 Blank)
general information
523-0808269
3/4 PLACE DIVAN

DIVAN END CABINET

LAVATORY
MAGAZINE RACK
FS
280.00
GALLEY
FS
450.00
FS
350.25
FS
473.00
FS
560.31
EMERGENCY
FS
621.00
EXIT
WATER
TANK
10
GALLON
BL
0.00
3X DOME LIGHT
FWD WARDROBE CABINET
4X SINGLE SEAT ASSY
FS
401.75
2X DOUBLE ASSY
FS
514.70
CONFERENCE TABLE
FLOOR PLAN 2 (OPTIONAL)

EXTENDED CABIN
BAGGAGE
DOOR
STORAGE CABINET
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
(9.0 LBS) X2
TPH7281_02
1-19/(1-20 Blank)
general information
523-0808269
3/4 PLACE DIVAN

DIVAN END CABINET
LAVATORY
FS
280.00
GALLEY
FS
350.25
FS
450.00
MAGAZINE RACK
FS
473.00
FS
541.25
EMERGENCY
EXIT
FS
621.00
WATER TANK
10 GALLON
BL
0.00
3X DOME LIGHT
FS
401.75
FS
491.80
6X SINGLE SEAT ASSY
FLOOR PLAN 3 (OPTIONAL)
FWD WARDROBE
AFT WARDROBE
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
(9.0 LBS) X2
1-21/(1-22 Blank)
BAGGAGE
DOOR
TPH7281_03
general information
523-0808269
1.5. EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS.

Refer to Table 1-3 through Table 1-34 for the equipment specifications.
1-23
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-3. ABDU-6180E Bulkhead Display Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
13.543 in
Width
2.303 in
Length
16.239 in
Weight
14 LBS
Cooling Air
Forced-air cooling
Mounting
TBD
Connectors
CPN 866-0024-001
J1
Video and BOOT Interface 25 D-Sub: Positronic, PN CBM17W5F75R8000 (M)

Mating connector P1: PN CBC17W5M130000 (F)
J2
Optical TOSLINK: Toshiba: PN: TOTX179P (F)

Mating connector P2: Standard Toslink
J3
Ethernet/Audio/ LRU Address and RS232 Interface D-Sub: Positronic P/N:

CBM27W2F75R8000 (M)
Mating Connector P3: Positronic PN CBC27W2M130000 (F)
CPN 866-0024-002
J1
D-Sub 17W5 (25P) for Power and Control: eBDE P/N: MD9M4R5000 (M)
Mating connector P1: Positronics PN RD9F10GE0 (F)
J2
Ethernet/Audio/LRU Address IR Sensor, and RS232 Interface P2: ITT Canon: P/N:
DCMC37PJK87 (M)
Mating connector P2: P/N: M24308/2-4F (F)
J3, J5, J6, J7,
D-Sub 27W2 (25P) for Composite Video Input: BNC connector, Female
BNC connector, Female
J4
D-Sub (15P) PC VGA Interface: eBDE PN M24308/2-286 (F) M239029/57-354 pins

Mating connector P4: Positronics PN DD15M10GE0 (M)
Maintenance Requirement
On condition
Electrical
Input Power and Control
1-24
Connector J1
J1-1
Not Used
J1-2
+28 V dc Power
J1-3
Not Used
J1-4
Not Used
J1-5
Power Ground
J1-6
Not Used
J1-7
Chassis Ground
J1-8
Not Used
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-3. ABDU-6180E Bulkhead Display Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

CHARACTERISTIC
J1-9
Ethernet/Audio/LRU Address IR Sensor, and RS232
Interface
SPECIFICATION
Digital Ground
Connector J2
J2-11
DTE-Red Output
J2-12
DTE-Green Output
J2-13
DTE-Blue Output
J2-15
H-Sync Ground
J2-21
DTE-ENet-12 Tx H
J2-30
DTE- Red Ground
J2-31
DTE- Green Ground
J2-32
DTE- Blue Ground
J2-34
DTE-V-Sync Output
J2-40
DTE-ENet-12 Rx H
J2-41
DTE-ENet-12 Rx L
J2-52
DTE-H-Sync Output
J2-53
DTE-H-Sync Ground
J2-60
DTE-ENet-12 Tx L
J2-70
Address 05
J2-74
Parity
Video-Audio
Connector J3
J3-4
Address 1
J3-5
Return
J3-6
Audio In, Left +
J3-11
Fwd Monitor ENet Rx H
J3-13
Fwd Monitor ENet Tx H
J3-18
Audio In, Right +
J3-23
Fwd Monitor ENet Rx L
J3-25
Fwd Monitor ENet Tx L
VGA Interface
Connector J4
J4-1
Red Input
J4-2
Green Input
J4-3
Blue Input
J4-4
Not Used
J4-5
V-Sync Ground
J4-6
Red Ground
J4-7
Green Ground
J4-8
Blue Ground
J4-9
Not Used
1-25
general information
523-0808269

CHARACTERISTIC
1-26
SPECIFICATION
J4-10
H-Sync Ground
J4-11
Not Used
J4-12
DDC2 Serial Data
J4-13
H-Sync Input
J4-14
V-Sync Input
J4-15
DDC2 Serial Clock
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-4. ABDU-6210E Bulkhead Display Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
0.39 m (15.4 in) max
Width
0.50 m (19.6 in) max
Length
0.06 m (2.3 in) max
Weight
7.37 Kg (16.2 LBS)
Cooling Air
Forced-air cooling
Mounting
TBD
Connectors
J1
D-Sub (9P) for Power and Control
J2
BNC for Composite Video Input
J3
D-Sub (15P) PC VGA Interface
On condition
Electrical
Connector J1
J1-1
115 VAC 400 Hz, 0.55 Amp
J1-2
+28 V dc Power
J1-3
+28 V dc Return
J1-4
115 VAC 400 Hz, 0.55 Amp Return
J1-5
Chassis Ground
J1-6
On Control
J1-7
Off Control
J1-8
On Indication
J1-9
Not Used
Video Input
VGA Interface
Connector J2
Connector J3
J3-1
Red Out
J3-2
Green Out
J3-3
Blue Out
J3-4
Monitor ID 2 IN
J3-5
Ground
J3-6
Red Return
J3-7
Green Return
J3-8
Blue Return
J3-9
No Pin
1-27
general information
523-0808269

CHARACTERISTIC
1-28
SPECIFICATION
J3-10
SYNC Return
J3-11
Monitor ID 0 IN
J3-12
Monitor ID 1 IN
J3-13
Horizontal Sync Out
J3-14
Vertical Sync Out
J3-15
DDC Serial Clock
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-5. ARE-6000 In-Arm Mechanism (Left and Right), Equipment Specification.
CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
304.8 mm (12 in) max
Width
406.4 mm (16 in) max
Thickness
57.15 mm (2.25in) max
Weight
3.1 kg (6.75 lb) max
Cooling Air
Convection or conduction cooling
Mounting
Connectors
P2 connector at the mechanism disconnect shall be circular connector D38999/26FB35PN.J1

connector is a Cannon 31 pin part number 2DA31P.
On condition
Electrical
P1 Power and Control Signals
P2-3
RX_H
P2-4
RX_L
P2-5
TX_H
P2-6
TX_L
P2-10
RX
P2-11
TX
P2-12
Return
P2-1
+28 V dc Power Bus
P2-2
Power Ground
J1 Power and Control Signals

J1-13
+28 V dc Power Bus
J1-14
Power Ground
J1-11
RX_H
J1-12
RX_L
J1-1
TX_H
J1-22
TX_L
J1-26
RX
J1-5
TX
J1-16
Return
1-29
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-6. ARE-6150 Plug-In Base (Sideledge), Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size (Base)
Height
48.768 mm (1.92 in) max
Width
48.26 mm (1.90 in) max
Length
76.708 mm (3.02 in) max
Weight (Base)
0.34 kg (0.75 lb) max
Cooling Air
Base Mounting
Arm Mounting
Inserted into Base
Connector
P-3 connector at the airplane disconnect shall be MIL-C-38999 circular connector

D38999/26FB35PN, and the cable shall be 24 0.5 inches long (measured from base bottom
to end of connector).
On condition
Electrical
Base Input Power
J1-13
+28 V dc Power
J1-14
Power Ground
Inputs
1-30
P3-3
RX_H
P3-4
RX_L
P3-5
TX_H
P3-8
TX_L
P3-10
RX
P3-11
TX
P3-12
Return
P3-1
+28V dc Power
P3-2
Power Ground
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-7. BFE-6000 Bulkhead Display Fan, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
N/A
Software
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
80 mm (3.15 in) max
Width
80 mm (3.15 in) max
Length
32 mm (1.25 in) max
Weight
0.18 kg (0.39 lb) max
Cooling Air
Mounting
Four screws
Connectors
12 in. leadwire
Fan Speed
Cubic Feet/Minute
On condition
4200 rpm
33 cfm
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V dc Power (Red)
+28 V DC Power Bus
+28 V dc Return (Black)
Power Ground
Tachometer Output (Blue/White)
Square wave output equal to 2 pulses per revolution
1-31
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-8. CDE-6000 CD/DVD/MP3 Player, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
391.16 mm (15.4 in) max
Width
497.84 mm (19.6 in) max
Length
58.42 mm (2.3 in) max
Weight
7.348 Kg (16.2 LB)
Cooling Air
Forced-air cooling
Mounting
TBD
Connectors
J1
D-Sub (9P) for Power and Control
J2
BNC for Composite Video Input
J3
D-Sub (15P) PC VGA Interface
On condition
Electrical
J1-1
115 VAC 400 Hz, 0.55 Amp
J1-2
+28 V dc Power
J1-3
+28 V dc Return
J1-4
115 VAC 400 Hz, 0.55 Amp Return
J1-5
Chassis Ground
J1-6
On Control
J1-7
Off Control
J1-8
On Indication
J1-9
Not Used
Video Input
VGA Interface
1-32
Connector J1
Connector J2
Connector J3
J3-1
Red Out
J3-2
Green Out
J3-3
Blue Out
J3-4
Monitor ID 2 IN
J3-5
Ground
J3-6
Red Return
J3-7
Green Return
J3-8
Blue Return
J3-9
No Pin
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-8. CDE-6000 CD/DVD/MP3 Player, Equipment Specification. - Continued

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
J3-10
SYNC Return
J3-11
Monitor ID 0 IN
J3-12
Monitor ID 1 IN
J3-13
Horizontal Sync out
J3-14
Vertical Sync Out
J3-15
DDC Serial Clock
1-33
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-9. DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
DO-160D
RTCA/DO- 178B, Level E
Software
Physical
Size
Height
38.10 mm (1.50 in) max
Width
239.27 mm (9.420 in) max
Length
159.51 mm (6.28 in) max
Weight
0.91 kg (2.0 lb)
Cooling Air
Mounting
Four screws, screw type, thread pitch and length at installers discretion.
Connectors
Refer to Installation section for mating connector information.
J1
Lemo USA PN EXG.1B.305.HLN

Mating connector P1: Lemo USA PN FGG.1B.305.CLC with integral backshell
J2
Positronic PN ODD78M4R8N0Z 78-pin high-density male D subminiature

Mating connector P2: Positronic PN ODD78F10GVL0 with backshell and slidelock
J3

Mating connector P3: Positronic PN ODD15F10GE0 with backshell
J4
Positronic PN ODD15F4R8N00 15-pin high-density female D subminiature

Mating connector P4: Positronic PN ODD15M10GEZ with backshell
On condition
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V dc Power (P1-3)
+28 V DC Power Bus (pin)
+28 V dc Return (P1-1)
Power Ground (socket)
Discretes and Straps
Discrete status definition: 1 = open, 0 = ground
LRU_ADDRESS_0 LSB (P2-70)

LRU_ADDRESS_1 (P2-71)
LRU_ADDRESS_4 MSB (P2-74)
LRU Address Discrete Inputs

0, 0, 0, 0, 1 = DTE number 1
0, 0, 0, 1, 0 = DTE number 2
0, 0, 0, 1, 1 = DTE number 3
0, 0, 1, 0, 0 = DTE number 4
0, 0, 1, 0, 1 = DTE number 5
0, 0, 1, 1, 0 = DTE number 6
PWR_CNTRL_ON_1 (P2-3)
ARINC-722_1 Discrete Output

Power control ON to the bulkhead monitor
PWR_CNTRL_OFF_1 (P2-4)
ARINC-722_1 Discrete Output

Power control OFF to the bulkhead monitor
Inputs/Outputs
1-34
NTSC1_COMP_IN (P2-7)
NTSC1_COMP_RTN (P2-26)
NTSC1 Composite Signal In

(From game jack panel)
Audio_In_H Left (P2-37)

Audio_In_L Left (P2-36)
Left Audio In, Differential

(From game jack panel or PA amplifier)
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-9. DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Audio_In_H Right (P2-39)

Audio_In_L Right (P2-17)
Right Audio In, Differential

(From game jack panel)
Audio_Out_H Left (P2-76)

Audio_Out_L Left (P2-75)
Left Audio Out, Differential Line

(to PA amplifier)
Audio_Out_H Right (P2-78)

Audio_Out_L Right (P2-77)
Right Audio Out, Differential Line
XGA_RED_OUT (P2-11)
XGA_RED_OUT_RTN (P2-30)
XGA Red Out

(to bulkhead monitor)
XGA_GREEN_OUT (P2-12)
XGA_GREEN_OUT_RTN (P2-31)
XGA Green Out

XGA_BLUE_OUT (P2-13)
XGA_BLUE_OUT_RTN (P2-32)
XGA Blue Out

XGA_H_SYN_OUT (P2-52)
XGA_H_SYN_OUT GROUND (P2-15)
XGA Horizontal Sync Out

XGA_V_SYN_OUT (P2-53)
XGA_V_SYN_OUT GROUND (P2-34)
XGA Vertical Sync Out

DDC2_SERIAL_DATA (P2-51)
DDC2 Serial Data Out

DDC2_SERIAL_CLK (P2-50)
DDC2 Serial Clock Out

NTSC1_COMP_OUT (P2-46)
NTSC1_COMP_RTN (P2-66)
NTSC1 Composite Signal Out

XGA_RED_IN (P3-1)
XGA_RED_IN_RTN (P3-6)
XGA Red In
(From VGA jack panel)
XGA_GREEN_IN (P3-2)
XGA_GREEN_IN_RTN (P3-7)
XGA Green In
XGA_BLUE_IN (P3-3)
XGA_BLUE_IN_RTN (P3-8)
XGA Blue In
XGA_H_SYN_IN (P3-13)
XGA_H_SYN_IN GROUND (P3-10)
XGA Horizontal Sync In

XGA_V_SYN_IN (P3-14)
XGA_V_SYN_IN GROUND (P3-5)
XGA Vertical Sync In

DDC2_SERIAL_DATA (P3-12)
DDC2 Serial Data In

DDC2_SERIAL_CLK (P3-15)
DDC2 Serial Clock In

ETHERNET_TX1_H (P2-21)
ETHERNET_TX1_L (P2-60)
ETHERNET_RX1_H (P2-40)
ETHERNET_RX1_L (P2-41)
Format: 4-wire 10/100 Base-T Ethernet
1-35
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-10. EFB-6000 Electronic Flight Bag, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
209.4 mm (8.24 in) max
Width
162.1 mm (6.38 in) max
Length
32.2 mm (1.27 in) max
Weight
0.81 kg (1.8 lb)
Cooling Air
Mounting
VESA stud mounting plate
Connectors
J1
ITT Cannon PN KJA6T15W19PN

Mating connector P1.
On condition
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V dc Power (P1-J)
+28 V dc Power Bus
+28 V dc Return (P1-K)
Power Ground
Inputs/Outputs
VGA_RED_IN (P1-A)
VGA Red Input
VGA_GREEN_IN (P1-C)
VGA Green Input
VGA_BLUE_IN (P1-D)
VGA Blue Input
VGA_V_SYN_IN (P1-E)
VGA Vertical Sync Input
VGA_H_SYN_IN (P1-F)
VGA Horizontal Sync Input
USB Output
USB 1 +5 V (P1-M)
USB 1 GND (P1-L)
USB 1 D (P1-N)
USB 1 D+ (P1-U)
USB Output
Pins P1-P, B, R, S, G are shield.

Pins P1-V, T are not used
1-36
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-11. ESE-6100 Ethernet Switch Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
202.90 mm (7.988 in) max
Width
23.88 mm (0.940 in) max
Length
351.02 mm (13.819 in) max
Weight
1.36 kg (3.0 lb)
Cooling Air
Forced-air cooling, part of MCE-6000
Mounting
Installed in the MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment.
Connectors
Part of MCE-6000.
On condition
Electrical
Input Power
Supplied by the PSE-6000
1-37
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-12. HST-2100 High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
DO-178B Level E
Physical
2 MCU
Size
Height
199.39 mm (7.85 in) max
Width
59.69 mm (2.35 in) max
Length
369.06 mm (14.53 in) max
Weight
3.99 kg (8.8 lbs) maximum
Cooling Air
Convection cooling from 40C to +55C up to 15 000 ft.

Forced air from 40C to +70C up to 55 000 ft.
Mounting
2 MCU size mounting tray in accordance with ARINC 600 specifications.
On condition
Electrical
Refer to SATCOM 2100/6100 Installation Manual (CPN 5230806495)
1-38
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-13. IFE-6000 IFE Fan, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
N/A
Software
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
119.1 mm (4.69 in) max
Width
119.1 mm (4.69 in) max
Length
39.1 mm (1.54 in) max
Weight
0.61 kg (1.34 lb) max
Cooling Air
N/A
Mounting
Four screws
Connectors
12-inch lead wire
Fan Speed
Cubic Feet/Minute
On condition
3100 rpm
110 cfm
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V dc Power (Red)
+28 V DC Power Bus
+28 V dc Return (Black)
Power Ground
Tachometer Output (Blue/White)
Square wave output equal to 1 pulse per revolution
1-39
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-14. IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
34.29 mm (1.35 in) max
Width
121.41 mm (4.78 in) max
Length
189.99 mm (7.48 in) max
Weight
0.59 kg (1.30 lb) max
Cooling Air
Mounting
Connectors
J1
Positronic PN DD-50P 50-pin high-density male D subminiature

Mating connector P1: Positronic PN SD50F00JVLX with plastic hood and lock lever
J2
Positronic PN DD-25S 25-pin high-density female D subminiature

Mating connector P2: Positronic PN SD25M00JVLZ with plastic hood and lock lever
J4
BNC Jack
Mating connector P4: Kings KC-59-243, BNC male plug
J5
Positronic PN DB-9S 9-pin high-density female D subminiature

Mating connector P5: TrippLite PN P454-006, null modem cable
J6
Positronic PN DB-9P 9-pin high-density male D subminiature

Mating connector P6: Positronic PN SD9F00JVLX with plastic hood and lock lever
On condition
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V DC Power Bus
Power Ground
Chassis Ground (P1-2)
Chassis Ground
Logical Inputs
1-40
Logical Input LI00 (P1-17)
Logical input: Active low

Input impedance: 50 k minimum
Low-level input voltage: +1.5 V dc maximum




general information
523-0808269
Table 1-14. IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION









Logical Strap Return (P1-1)
Logical strapping return (0 V dc)
Status Outputs
SO00 (P1-45)
Status output: Open collector current sink

Current capability: 150 mA at 70 C
Maximum collector voltage: +40 V dc
Maximum collector-emitter saturation voltage: +1.1 V dc at 150 mA
SO01 (P1-28)

SO02 (P1-11)

SO03 (P1-44)

SO04 (P1-27)

SO05 (P1-10)

1-41
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-14. IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
SO06 (P1-43)

SO07 (P1-26)

Digital Interface - Serial Data Bus
1-42
RS-232 TX (P2-2)
RS-232 RX (P2-3)
RS-232 GND (P2-1)
RS-232 REQUEST TO SEND (P2-4)
RS-232 CLEAR TO SEND (P2-5)
Format: RS-232 bus
DVD1 OUTPUT IR 1A (P2-18)

DVD1 OUTPUT IR 1A RETURN (P2-6)
Infrared mini-emitter output 1A
VCP1 OUTPUT IR 2A (P2-20)

VCP1 OUTPUT IR 2A RETURN (P2-8)
CD1 OUTPUT IR 1B (P2-19)

CD1 OUTPUT IR 1B RETURN (P2-7)
Infrared mini-emitter output 1B
DVD2/VCR3 OUTPUT IR 3A (P2-22)

DVD2/VCR3 OUTPUT IR 3A RETURN (P2-10)
VCR2/DVD3 OUTPUT IR 4A (P2-24)

VCR2/DVD3 OUTPUT IR 4A RETURN (P2-12)
CD2 OUTPUT IR 2B (P2-21)

CD2 OUTPUT IR 2B RETURN (P2-9)
Infrared mini-emitter output 2B
Download Receive Data (P5-2)

Download Transmit Data (P5-3)
RS232 Isolated Ground (P5-5)
Format: RS-232 bus
AUTO-TERMINATE (P6-1)
DATA_A (P6-2)
DATA_/A (P6-3)
DATA_B (P6-4)
DATA_/B (P6-5)
DATA_A (P6-6)
DATA_/A (P6-7)
DATA_B (P6-8)
DATA_/B (P6-9)
Format: Multi-Drop Secondary Bus
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-15. IRE-6000 Remote Control Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
N/A
Software
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
141 mm (5.55 in) max
Width
94 mm (3.70 in) max
Length
33 mm (1.30 in) max
Weight
0.25 kg (0.55 lb) max
Cooling Air
Mounting
N/A
Connectors
N/A
On condition
Range
RF operating distance up to 15 m (50 ft)
1-43
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-16. MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
228.6 mm (9.00 in) max
Width
177.8 mm (7.00 in) max
Length
355.6 mm (14.00 in) max
Weight
3.64 kg (8.0 lb)
Cooling Air
Forced-air cooling.
Mounting
Four socket-head screws 4.83 mm (0.190 in) (NAS1352 or MS16998) and four flat-washers
(NAS620)
Connectors
J1
D38999/20FJ35AN (CPN 359-0687-090)

Mating connector P1: D38999/26FJ35SN (CPN 359-0680-090)
J2
ITT Cannon PN CA140266-6 (CPN 359-0714-020)

Mating connector P2: ITT Cannon PN CA140266-5 (CPN 359-0715-020)
J3

Mating connector P3: ITT Cannon PN CA140266-8 (CPN 359-0715-030)
J4
D38999/20FE8AN (CPN 359-0326-010)

Mating connector P4: D38999/26FE8SN (CPN 359-0680-250)
J5 (P/O MFE)
MS27508E8F35P (CPN 359-0654-010)

Mating connector P5: MS27484T8F35S (CPN 359-0645-010)
On condition
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V dc Primary Power (P4-A)
Ground (P4-H)
Hot
Cold
+28 V dc Battery Power (P4-D)

Ground (P4-E)
Hot
Cold
Chassis Ground (P4-F)
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground (P1-67, 68, 69, 70)
Chassis Ground
Fan Power Sink (P1-93)

Discrete Inputs and Straps
1-44
Discrete_1_IN_G/O (P1-10)
Discrete input:
Discrete input:
Discrete input:
Discrete input:
Discrete input:
Discrete input:
Discrete input:
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-16. MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Discrete input:
Discrete_9_IN_28V/O (P1-110)
Discrete input:
Discrete input:
Discrete input:
Discrete input:
Discrete input:
Discrete input:
Discrete input:
Discrete input:
Discrete_1_OUT_28V/O (P1-122)
Discrete output:
Discrete output:
Discrete output:
Discrete_1_OUT_G/O (P1-3)
Discrete output:
Discrete output:
Discrete output:
Discrete output:
Discrete output:
Discrete output:
Discrete output:
Discrete output:
Fan Monitor (P1-104)
Discrete input: MFE fan monitor
ON_GND_A-F (P1-2)
Discrete input: Weight-on-wheels
ON_GND_B-F (P1-116)
Discrete input: Weight-on-wheels
Hook_Switch_IN (P1-53)
Discrete input:
Ready_IN (P1-54)
Discrete input:
MDM_Tip (P1-65)
Discrete input:
MDM_GND (P1-66)
Discrete input:
MDM_RING (P1-63)
Discrete input:
MDM_GND (P1-64)
END_CALL_OUT (P1-87)
Discrete output:
FAX/DATA_OUT (P1-88)
Discrete output:
STANDBY_IN (P1-76)
Discrete input:
PHONE_CTRL_IN (P1-77)
Discrete input:
OFF_HOOK_OUT (P1-98)
Discrete output:
PHONE_CTRL_OUT (P1-99)
Discrete output:
SDI_A_0 (P1-109)
Strap input:
SDI_A_1 (P1-108)
Strap input:
SDI_A_Parity (P1-107)
Strap input:
1-45
general information
523-0808269

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
SDI_B_0 (P1-19)
Strap input:
SDI_B_1 (P1-18)
Strap input:
SDI_B_Parity (P1-17)
Strap input:
TEST_EN_A-F (P1-9)
Discrete input:
TEST_EN_B-F (P1-106)
Discrete input:
SW_LOAD_EN_A-F (P1-1)
Discrete input:
SW_LOAD_EN_B-F (P1-96)
Discrete input:

ARINC429_IN_1A (P1-43)
ARINC429_IN_1B (P1-44)
Format: 2-wire high-speed ARINC 429 input
ARINC429_IN_2A (P1-100)
ARINC429_IN_2B (P1-101)
ARINC429_OUT_1A (P1-91)
ARINC429_OUT_1B (P1-92)
Format: 2-wire high-speed ARINC 429 output
Digital Interface - Ethernet Bus
1-46
Format: 4-wire Ethernet
general information
523-0808269

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Software Data Load
1-47
general information
523-0808269

CHARACTERISTIC
Format: RS422 input
RS422_OUT_1A (P1-41)
RS422_OUT_1B (P1-42)
Format: RS422 output
APM Interface
1-48
SPECIFICATION
RS422_IN_1A (P1-29)
RS422_IN_1B (P1-30)
The ECU-3000 is used as the airplane Personality Module.
APM_12V_PWR (P1-115)
Power output:
ECU_8V_PWR (P1-115)
Power output:
APM_GND (P1-105)
APM Power Ground
APM_CS1-F (P1-16)
Discrete output: Chip Select 1
APM_CS2-F (P1-27)
Discrete output: Chip Select 2
APM_SCK (P1-85)
Discrete output: Serial clock out
APM_SDO (P1-62)
Discrete input: Serial data in
APM_SDI (P1-74)
Discrete output: Serial data out
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-17. MFE-6000 Modular Fan Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
47.866 mm (1.88 in) max
Width
172.21 mm (6.780 in) max
Length
190.61 mm (7.504 in) max
Weight
0.91 kg (2.0 lb)
Mounting
Four screws 4.83 mm (0.190 in). Screw type, thread pitch and length at installers discretion.
Connectors
J5
MS27508E8F35P (CPN 359-0654-010)

Mating connector P5: MS27484T8F35S (CPN 359-0645-010)
On condition
Electrical
+28 V dc Fan Return (P5-5)
Hot
Cold
Fan Fault (P5-2)
Discrete output:
Fan Test In (P5-3)
Discrete input:
SW Fan (P5-4)
Spare (P5-6)
1-49
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-18. MME-6000/6100 Moving Map Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
202.88 mm (7.988 in) max
Width
73.02 mm (2.875 in) max
Length
351.02 mm (13.819 in) max
Weight
MME-6000: 2.04 kg (4.5 lb)

MME-6100: 2.40 kg (5.3 lb)
Cooling Air
Mounting
Installed in the MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment
Connectors
Part of MCE-6000
On condition
Electrical
Input Power
1-50
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-19. PME-6000 Processor/Mass Storage Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
202.88 mm (7.988 in) max
Width
28.32 mm (1.115 in) max
Length
351.02 mm (13.819 in) max
Weight
1.32 kg (2.9 lb)
Cooling Air
Mounting
Connectors
Part of MCE-6000
On condition
Electrical
Input Power
1-51
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-20. PSE-6000 Power Supply Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
202.88 mm (7.988 in) max
Width
29.87 mm (1.176 in) max
Length
351.02 mm (13.819 in) max
Weight
1.72 kg (3.8 lb)
Cooling Air
Mounting
Connectors
Part of MCE-6000
On condition
Electrical
Input Power
1-52
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-21. RDE-6X00 Relay Drive Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
DO-160D
RTCA/DO-178B Level E (non-essential)
Software
Physical
Size
Height
31.75 mm (1.25 in) max
Width
121.41 mm (4.78 in) max
Length
240.79 mm (9.48 in) max
Weight
1.0 kg (2.0 lb) max
Cooling Air
Mounting
Four screws, 0.138-32 UNC-2A (#6-32). Screw type, length at installers discretion.
Connectors
J1
Positronic DD-50S
Mating connector P1: Positronic SD50M00JVLZ
J2
Positronic DD-9S
Mating connector P2: TrippLite P454-006
J3
Positronic DD-50P
Mating connector P3: Positronic SD50F00JVLX
J4
Positronic DD-9P
Mating connector P4: Positronic SD9F00JVLX
On condition
Electrical
Input Power
Power In 1 +28 V dc (P3-33)
+28 V DC Power Bus
+28 V DC Power Bus
Power Ground
Chassis Ground
Power Battery In (P3-13)
Supplies the +28 V dc battery power to the unit
Power Battery Out (P3-46)
Battery Power Ground
Battery On In (P3-30)
Discrete: A ground logic on the Battery On In discrete causes the unit to draw power from the
Power Battery In (P3-13) bus, if power is not available on the Power In 1 +28 V dc bus.
Output Power
Voltage Reference 1 Output (P3-15)
Adjustable Voltage Reference

Range: 0 to +14 V dc
Sink/Source: 4 mA (10 k load)

Sink/Source: +/-4 mA (10 k load)

1-53
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-21. RDE-6X00 Relay Drive Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Voltage Reference DC Return (P3-49)

Relays
CKT 1 Power In/Out Normally Open (P3-1)
CKT 1 Power In/Out Common (P3-34)
CKT 1 Power In/Out Normally Closed (P3-18)
Power Switch
Maximum AC switching voltage: 380 V ac
Maximum DC switching voltage: +32 V dc

Power Switch

Power Switch

Power Switch

Power Switch

Power Switch

Power Switch

Power Switch

Power Switch

Power Switch

Power Switch

Power Switch

Power Switch

Power Switch
Logical Inputs
1-54

general information
523-0808269

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION














Internal use onlyLogical input: Active low

Logical Input HI16 (P1-45)
Internal use onlyLogical input: Active high

High-level input voltage: +3.5 V dc minimum
Internal use onlyLogical input: Active high

1-55
general information
523-0808269

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Logical input: Active high

Logical input: Active high





Status Outputs
1-56
SO00 (P1-9)

SO01 (P1-42)

SO02 (P1-25)

SO03 (P1-8)

SO04 (P1-41)

SO05 (P1-24)

SO06 (P1-7)

SO07 (P1-40)

general information
523-0808269

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
SO08 (P1-23)

SO09 (P1-6)

SO10 (P1-39)

SO11 (P1-22)

SO12 (P1-5)

SO13 (P1-38)

SO14 (P1-21)

SO15 (P1-4)

Chime Output
Chime (P1-37)
Software programmable chime

Adjustable from 0.3 Vpp maximum to 5 Vpp minimum
Maximum power: ) 0.75 W into 8 Ohms, 1.5 W into 4 Ohms
Default chime tonal composition (waveforms are square)
Chime 1 - 1 second of 660 Hz followed by 3 seconds of 550 Hz
Chime 2 - 1 second of 550 Hz followed by 3 seconds of 460 Hz
Chime 3 - 1 second of 450 Hz followed by 3 seconds of 375 Hz.
Digital Potentiometer
Digital Potentiometer 1 CW (P1-20)
Digital Potentiometer 1 CCW-Wiper (P1-3)
Digital Potentiometer 1 CCW (P1-36)
Digital Potentiometer 1 CW-Wiper (P1-19)
CW to CCW resistance: 5%
64 Steps
Fully isolated from logic control
Digital Potentiometer 2 CW (P1-18)

Digital Potentiometer 2 CCW-Wiper (P1-35)
Digital Potentiometer 2 CCW (P1-1)
Digital Potentiometer 2 CW-Wiper (P1-2)
CW to CCW resistance: 5%
64 Steps
Fully isolated from logic control
Switch Return (P1-34)

1-57
general information
523-0808269

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Receive Data (P2-2)

Transmit Data (P2-3)
Isolated Ground (P2-5)
AUTO-TERMINATE (P4-1)
DATA_A (P4-2)
DATA_/A (P4-3)
DATA_B (P4-4)
DATA_/B (P4-5)
DATA_A (P4-6)
DATA_/A (P4-7)
DATA_B (P4-8)
DATA_/B (P4-9)
1-58
Format: Multi-Drop Secondary Bus
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-22. Galley and Lavatory Speaker, 4 Ohms, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
N/A
N/A
Physical
Size (SRE-2600-11, 2600-1-2, 260013, 2600147)
Height
104.39 mm (4.11 in) max
Width
104.39 mm (4.11 in) max
Length
42.93 mm (1.69 in) max
Weight
0.25 kg (0.54 lb) max
Cooling Air
Mounting
Four screws
Connector
J1 9 pin D-SUB connector
On condition
1-59
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-23. Cabin Ordinance Speaker, 8 Ohms, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
N/A
N/A
Physical
Size (SRE-6110 PN DT-PA2N-4, DT-PA2N-8)
Height
104.39 mm (4.11 in) max
Width
104.39 mm (4.11 in) max
Length
42.93 mm (1.69 in) max
Weight
0.25 kg (0.54 lb) max
Cooling Air
Mounting
Four screws
Connectors
N/A
1-60
On condition
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-24. SRT-2100-3 Satellite Data Unit, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
DO-160D
EUROCAE
Software
ED-14D (equivalent to DO-160D)

ED-12B (equivalent to DO-178B)
DO 178B Level D
Physical
Size
8 MCU in accordance with ARINC 600-8

Height
198.0 mm (7.807 in) max
Width
260.86 mm (10.27 in) max
Length
322.58 mm (12.70 in) max, plus 61.0 mm (2.40 in) handles.
Weight
13.1 kg (28.9 lb) max
Cooling Air
Forced-air cooling at a rate of 87 kg/hr at 40 C max and a pressure drop of 6.35 1.27 mm
(0.250 0.050 in) of water.
Mounting
8 MCU size mounting tray in accordance with ARINC 600-8
Connectors
J1
ITT Cannon PN BKAF2-68101-148 (CPN 859-2777-200)

Mating connector P1: ITT Cannon PN BKAC2-68134-154 (CPN 859-3477-360)
J2
ITT Cannon PN KPT02E14-19S (CPN 371-2317-000)

Mating connector P2: ITT Cannon PN KPT06B-14-19P (CPN 371-6230-000)
On condition
Electrical
Refer to SATCOM 2100/6100 Installation Manual (CPN 523-0806495)
1-61
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-25. TSE-6014 Touch Screen Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
215.8 mm (8.50 in) max
Width
273.1 mm (10.75 in) max
Length
39.9 mm (1.57 in) max
Weight
1.81 kg (4.0 lb)
Cooling Air
Mounting
Four screws, 0.190-32 UNF-2B, 0.380 min/0.630 max thread intrusion.
Connectors
J1
ITT Cannon PN 2DA31S-FO

Mating connector P1: ITT Cannon PN 2DA31P-FO
On condition
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V DC Power Bus
Power Ground


0, 0, 0, 1 = TSE number 1
0, 0, 1, 0 = TSE number 2
0, 0, 1, 1 = TSE number 3
0, 1, 0, 0 = TSE, galley
0, 1, 0, 1 = TSE number 5
0, 1, 1, 0 = TSE number 6
Inputs/Outputs
1-62
RS-232 TX (P1-26)
RS-232 RX (P1-5)
RS-232 GND (P1-16)
Format: 2-wire RS-232 bus
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-26. TSE-6084 Touch Screen Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
215.8 mm (8.50 in) max
Width
273.1 mm (10.75 in) max
Length
39.9 mm (1.57 in) max
Weight
1.81 kg (4.0 lb)
Cooling Air
Mounting
Four screws, 0.190-32 UNF-2B, 0.380 min/0.630 max thread intrusion.
Connectors
J1
ITT Cannon PN 2DA31S-FO

Mating connector P1: ITT Cannon PN 2DA31P-FO
On condition
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V DC Power Bus
Power Ground


0, 0, 0, 1 = TSE number 1
0, 0, 1, 0 = TSE number 2
0, 0, 1, 1 = TSE number 3
0, 1, 0, 0 = TSE, galley
0, 1, 0, 1 = TSE number 5
0, 1, 1, 0 = TSE number 6
Inputs/Outputs
RS-232 TX (P1-26)
RS-232 RX (P1-5)
RS-232 GND (P1-16)
1-63
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-27. TVE-6000 Satellite TV DBS Antenna Unit, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
340.36 mm (13.40 in) max
Width
230.12 mm (9.06 in) max
Length
347.73 mm (13.69 in) max
Weight
8.18 kg (18 lb) max
Cooling Air
Mounting
Four 8-32 screws
Connectors
J1
MS27496T15B35P
Mating connector P1: MS27467T15B35S (LTJR06RT1535S)
J2 (Green)
SMA Female
Mating connector P2: RF jumper cables are supplied to mate with the SMA connectors
J3 (White)
SMA Female
Mating connector P3: RF jumper cables are supplied to mate with the SMA connectors
On condition
Electrical
Input Power
PCU +12 V dc power from the Gimbal Electronic Module
Power Ground to the Gimbal Electronic Module
Chassis Ground
Discrete Outputs
AZ SWITCH 0 (P1-21)
AZ SWITCH 90 (P1-5)
AZ SWITCH 180 (P1-13)
AZ SWITCH 270 (P1-27)
AZ SWITCH RTN (P1-14)
AZ SWITCH RTN (P1-28)
Discrete outputs
EL SWITCH + (P1-32)
EL SWITCH RTN (P1-35)
Discrete outputs
Antenna Position Outputs

AZ HALL +5 V DC (P1-31)
AZ HALL A (P1-4)
AZ HALL B (P1-20)
AZ HALL C (P1-19)
AZ HALL GND (P1-33)
1-64
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-27. TVE-6000 Satellite TV DBS Antenna Unit, Equipment Specification. - Continued
CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
EL HALL +5 V DC (P1-36)
EL HALL A (P1-15)
EL HALL B (P1-29)
EL HALL C (P1-30)
EL HALL GND (P1-34)
Stabilization Inputs
AZ PHASE B (P1-8)
AZ PHASE A (P1-24)
AZ PHASE C (P1-9)
AZ CHASSIS (P1-6)
Azimuth antenna positioning input
EL PHASE B (P1-11)
EL PHASE A (P1-25)
EL PHASE C (P1-10)
EL CHASSIS (P1-22)
Elevation antenna positioning input
Serial Digital Interface

PCU TX+ (P1-16)
PCU TX- (P1-17)
PCU bus input from GEM
PCU RX+ (P1-2)

PCU RX- (P1-3)
PCU bus output to GEM
Antenna Outputs
RF VERT/RHCP (Green) (P2)
DBS antenna rf output

Right hand circular polarity
Ku-Band (10.7 to 12.75 GHz)
50 impedance
RF HORIZ/LHCP (White) (P3)
DBS antenna rf output

Left hand circular polarity
Ku-Band (10.7 to 12.75 GHz)
50 impedance
1-65
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-28. TVE-6200 Satellite TV IF Multiplexer Unit, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
58.4 mm (2.30 in) max
Width
279.4 mm (11.00 in) max
Length
125.2 mm (4.93 in) max
Weight
1.5 kg (3.3 lb) max
Cooling Air
Mounting
Four screws
Connectors
J1
BNC Female
Mating connector P1: BNC Male
J2
BNC Female
J3
BNC Female
J4
BNC Female
J5
BNC Female
J6
BNC Female
J7
BNC Female
J8
BNC Female
J9
DE-9P 9-pin D-subminiature

Mating connector P9: DE-9S
J10 (Blue)
BNC Female
J11 (Red)
BNC Female
J12 (Brown)
BNC Female
J13 (Yellow)
BNC Female
On condition
Electrical
Input Power
1-66
+12 V DC power from master Receiver Decoder Unit (RDU)
+21 V DC power from master RDU
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-28. TVE-6200 Satellite TV IF Multiplexer Unit, Equipment Specification. - Continued

CHARACTERISTIC
Return (P9-5)
SPECIFICATION
Power Ground
Intermediate Frequency Inputs

IF HI-VERT IN (P10 center conductor)
IF HI-VERT IN RTN (P10 shield)
IF input signal SSP from SSP

Hi-band 1550 to 2150 MHz frequency band
75 characteristic impedance
IF HI-HORIZ IN (P11 center conductor)

IF HI-HORIZ IN RTN (P11 shield)
IF input signal from SSP

Hi-band 1550 to 2150 MHz frequency band
IF LO-VERT/LHCP IN (P12 center conductor)

IF LO-VERT/LHCP IN RTN (P12 shield)

Lo-band 950 to 1550 MHz frequency band
IF LO-HORIZ/LHCP IN (P13 center conductor)

IF LO-HORIZ/LHCP IN RTN (P13 shield)

Lo-band 950 to 1550 MHz frequency band
Intermediate Frequency Outputs

IF 1 OUT (P1 center conductor)
IF 1 OUT RTN (P1 shield)
IF output signal to Receiver Decoder Unit (RDU)

950 to 2150 MHz frequency band














1-67
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-29. TVE-6300 Satellite TV Receiver Decoder Unit, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
263.6 mm (10.38 in) max
Width
92.7 mm (3.65 in) max
Length
316.9 mm (12.48 in) max
Weight
4.4 kg (9.7 lb) max
Cooling Air
Mounting
3/8-ATR short tray mount
Connectors
J1
Radiall PN 6166997206
Mating connector P1: AMP PN RM2P33C4S33C4S-0001 (200)
J2
DE-15P Positronic PN DD15M1S500X

Mating connector P2:Positronic PN DD15F10JVLX
On condition
Electrical
Input /Output Power
+28 V dc Power (P1B-1)
+28 V dc power bus input
+28 V dc Power Return (P1B-2)
Power Ground
Chassis Ground (P1B-3)
Chassis Ground
+21 V dc Power Out (P1A-11)
+21 V dc power output to IMU
+14 V dc Power Out (P1A-12)
+14 V dc power output to IMU
IMU Power Return (P1A-13)
IMU Power Ground
1-68
RS485 STRAP 1 (SECONDARY) LSB (P1A-18)

RS485 STRAP 2 (SECONDARY) (P1A-19)
Receiver Decoder Unit Address Strap Inputs

1, 1, 1, 1 = RDU number 0 (Master)
1, 1, 1, 0 = RDU number 1
1, 1, 0, 1 = RDU number 2
1, 1, 0, 0 = RDU number 3
1, 0, 1, 1 = RDU number 4
1, 0, 1, 0 = RDU number 5
RCVR 1 IR REMOTE SELECT (P1B-7)
Format: Discrete Input

1 = Inactive
0 = Active
RCVR 2 IR REMOTE SELECT (P1B-11)

1 = Inactive
0 = Active
PROGRAM RETURN (P1B-4)
Format: Discrete return
RCVR 1 SELECT IN (P1B-15)

1 = Inactive
0 = Active
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-29. TVE-6300 Satellite TV Receiver Decoder Unit, Equipment Specification. - Continued
CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
RCVR 2 SELECT IN (P1B-16)

1 = Inactive
0 = Active
RCVR SELECT RETURN (P1B-14)
RCVR 1 KEYLINE OUT (P1B-8)
Format: Discrete Output

1 = Inactive
0 = Active
RCVR 2 KEYLINE OUT (P1B-12)
Format: Discrete Output

1 = Inactive
0 = Active
KEYLINE RETURN (P1B-13)
IR Remote Inputs
RCVR 1 IR REMOTE SIGNAL IN (P1B-5)
RCVR 1 IR REMOTE SIGNAL IN RTN (P1B-6)
Format: TTL logic level, demodulated infrared
RCVR 2 IR REMOTE SIGNAL IN (P1B-9)

RCVR 2 IR REMOTE SIGNAL IN RTN (P1B-10)
Format: TTL logic level, demodulated infrared
Serial Data Inputs/Outputs

RS485 DATA H (PRIMARY) (P1B-20)
RS485 DATA L (PRIMARY) (P1B-21)
Format: 2-wire RS-485 bi-directional bus

Communication Protocol: Half-duplex ARINC 485, 8 bits, odd parity, one stop bit, 9600 baud.
RS485 DATA H (SECONDARY) (P1A-14)

RS485 DATA L (SECONDARY) (P1A-15)
RS485 TERM A (SECONDARY) (P1A-16)
RS485 TERM B (SECONDARY) (P1A-17)

RCVR 1 RS-232 TX (P1A-26)

RCVR 1 RS-232 RX (P1A-27)
RCVR 1 RS-232 GND (P1A-5)
RCVR 1 RS-232 REQUEST TO SEND (P1A-28)
RCVR 1 RS-232 CLEAR TO SEND (P1A-29)
Format: RS-232 bus from RDU receiver 1
RCVR 2 RS-232 TX (P1A-22)

RCVR 2 RS-232 RX (P1A-23)
RCVR 2 RS-232 GND (P1A-6)
RCVR 2 RS-232 REQUEST TO SEND (P1A-24)
RCVR 2 RS-232 CLEAR TO SEND (P1A-25)
Format: RS-232 bus from RDU receiver 2
RS-232 TXD (P1B-17)

RS-232 RXD (P1B-18)
RS-232 GND (P1B-19)
Format: RS-232 bus from RDU Com processor
Audio Outputs
RCVR 1 AUDIO OUT H Left (P1B-22)
RCVR 1 AUDIO OUT L Left (P1B-23)
Format: 2-wire, Receiver-1 left audio out, unbalanced
RCVR 1 AUDIO OUT H Right (P1B-24)

RCVR 1 AUDIO OUT L Right (P1B-25)
Format: 2-wire, Receiver-1 right audio out, unbalanced
RCVR 2 AUDIO OUT H Left (P1B-26)

RCVR 2 AUDIO OUT L Left (P1B-27)
Format: 2-wire, Receiver-2 left audio out, unbalanced
RCVR 2 AUDIO OUT H Right (P1B-28)

RCVR 2 AUDIO OUT L Right (P1B-29)
Format: 2-wire, Receiver-2 right audio out, unbalanced
Intermediate Frequency Inputs

RCVR 1 IF SIGNAL IN (P1B-A1)
IF input signal from IF Multiplexer Unit (IMU)

1-69
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-29. TVE-6300 Satellite TV Receiver Decoder Unit, Equipment Specification. - Continued
CHARACTERISTIC
RCVR 2 IF SIGNAL IN (P1B-A3)
SPECIFICATION
IF input signal from IF Multiplexer Unit (IMU)
Video Outputs
1-70
RCVR 1 COMP VIDEO OUT (P1B-A2))
Format: NTSC/PAL composite video signal out

75 unbalanced output
RCVR 2 COMP VIDEO OUT (P1B-A4))
Format: NTSC/PAL composite video signal out

75 unbalanced output
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-30. VEE-6000 Video Encoding Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
75.95 mm (2.99 in) max
Width
208.03 mm (8.19 in) max
Length
262.13 mm (10.32 in) max
Weight
1.81 kg (4.0 lb)
Cooling Air
Mounting
Connectors
J1
Lemo USA PN EXG.1B.305.HLN

Mating connector P1: Lemo USA PN FGG.1B.305.CLC with integral backshell
J2

J3

J4

Mating connector P2: Positronic PN ODD26M1000Z with backshell and key
D15000GE0-1718-0
J5

D15000GE0-1718-1
J6

J7

D15000GE0-1718-2
On condition
Electrical
Input Power


0, 0, 0, 1 = VEE number 1
0, 0, 1, 0 = VEE number 2
0, 0, 1, 1 = VEE number 3
0, 1, 0, 0 = VEE number 4
0, 1, 0, 1 = VEE number 5
Inputs/Outputs
1-71
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-30. VEE-6000 Video Encoding Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

CHARACTERISTIC
1-72
SPECIFICATION
CH1_NTSC_COMP_IN (P4-1)
CH1_NTSC_COMP_RTN (P4-10)
NTSC Composite Signal In
Audio_In_CH1_H Left (P3-13)

Audio_In_CH1_L Left (P3-12)
Audio_In_CH1_H Right (P3-14)

Audio_In_CH1_L Right (P3-11)
Audio_In_CH2_H Left (P3-16)

Audio_In_CH2_L Left (P3-17)
Audio_In_CH2_H Right (P3-37)

Audio_In_CH2_L Right (P3-38)
Video/Audio_Input_1 Left Audio H (P4-18)

Video/Audio_Input_1 Left Audio L (P4-26)
Left Audio Input 1, Differential
Video/Audio_Input_1 Right Audio H (P4-9)

Video/Audio_Input_1 Right Audio L (P4-17)
Right Audio Input 1, Differential
Video/Audio_Input_1 Video (P4-1)

Video/Audio_Input_1 Video Return (P4-10)
Video Input 1



Video Input 2



Video Input 3



Video Input 4
RS-485_A (P4-15)
RS-485_B (P4-23)
RS-485 GND (P4-24)

general information
523-0808269
Table 1-31. WLU-6000 Wireless LAN Unit, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
60.96 mm (2.40 in) max
Width
177.04 mm (6.97 in) max
Length
292.10 mm (11.50 in) max
Weight
1.81 kg (4.0 lb) max
Cooling Air
Mounting
Six screws
Connectors
J1
M83723/72R2041N
Mating connector P1: M83723/77R2041N
J2
TNC Female
Mating connector P2: TNC Male
On condition
Electrical
Input Power
Connect +28 V dc or 115 V ac power.
+28 V dc Primary Power (P1-38)
+28 V DC Power Bus
Power Ground
115 V AC, 400 Hz (Hot) (P1-18)

115 V AC, 400 Hz (Neutral) (P1-19)
115 V AC Power Bus
Chassis Ground (P1-22, 37)
Chassis Ground
Discrete Inputs/Outputs
DISCRETE_IN_1 (P1-14))
Format: Discrete input

PS ON/OFF

RF ENABLE/DISABLE
DISCRETE_OUT_1 (P1-20))
Format: Discrete output

PS ON/OFF STATUS

RF OPERATIONAL
Serial Digital Bus

1-73
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-32. XMA-1000, XM Radio Antenna, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
60.96 mm (2.40 in) max
Width
177.04 mm (6.97 in) max
Length
292.10 mm (11.50 in) max
Weight
1.81 kg (4.0 lb) max
Cooling Air
Mounting
Six screws
Connectors
J1
M83723/72R2041N
J2
TNC Female
On condition
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V DC Power Bus
Power Ground
115 V AC, 400 Hz (Hot) (P1-18)

115 V AC, 400 Hz (Neutral) (P1-19)
115 V AC Power Bus
Chassis Ground

PS ON/OFF

RF ENABLE/DISABLE

PS ON/OFF STATUS

RF OPERATIONAL
Serial Digital Bus
1-74
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-33. XME-6400 XM Radio, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
Software
DO-160D
N/A
Physical
Size
Height
60.96 mm (2.40 in) max
Width
177.04 mm (6.97 in) max
Length
292.10 mm (11.50 in) max
Weight
1.81 kg (4.0 lb) max
Cooling Air
Mounting
Six screws
Connectors
J1
M83723/72R2041N
J2
TNC Female
On condition
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V DC Power Bus
Power Ground
115 V AC, 400 Hz (Hot) (P1-18)

115 V AC, 400 Hz (Neutral) (P1-19)
115 V AC Power Bus
Chassis Ground

PS ON/OFF

RF ENABLE/DISABLE

PS ON/OFF STATUS

RF OPERATIONAL
Serial Digital Bus

1-75
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-34. ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA
DO-160D
RTCA/DO-178B Level E (non-essential)
Software
Physical
Size
Height
50.55 mm (1.99 in) max
Width
210.57 mm (8.29 in) max
Length
215.65 mm (8.49 in) max
Weight
1.48 kg (3.25 lb) max
Cooling Air
Mounting
Four screws: screw type, thread pitch and length at installers discretion.
Connectors
J1
Lemo USA PN EXG. 1B.305.HLN

Mating connector P1: Lemo USA PN FGG.1B.305.CLC with backshell
J2

J3

Mating connector P3: Positronic PN ODD44F10GE0 with backshell
J4

Mating connector P4: Positronic PN ODD15F10GE0 with backshell and key
J5
Positronic PN ODD15M4R8NOZ 15-pin high-density male D subminiature

Mating connector P5: Positronic PN ODD15F10000, with backshell and key PN
D9000GEO-1718-0
J6

J7

On condition
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V DC Power Bus
+28 V DC Power Bus
Power Ground
Power Ground
Strap Inputs
Address Strap 0 (P2-17)
Strap input: Set the ZDE address ID Strap: 3, 2, 1, 0

1, 1, 1, 0 = Address ID 1
1, 1, 0, 1 = Address ID 2
1, 1, 0, 0 = Address ID 3
1, 0, 1, 1 = Address ID 4
Ground Ref (P2-46)

Ground Ref (P2-52)
Address Strap Ground
Audio Output
1-76
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-34. ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
Audio 1 L (P2-18)
Audio 1 R (P2-20)
Audio 1 Return (P2-19)
Stereo audio output to the headphone jack
Audio 2 L (P2-37)
Audio 2 R (P2-39)
Audio 3 L (P2-57)
Audio 3 R (P2-59)
Audio 4 L (P2-76)
Audio 4 R (P2-78)
Aux Audio Out 1 Left H (P2-15)

Aux Audio Out 1 Left L (P2-16)
Aux Audio Out 1 Right H (P2-34)
Aux Audio Out 1 Right L (P2-35)
Stereo audio output to the stereo amplifier
Aux Audio Out 2 Left H (P2-54)

Aux Audio Out 2 Left L (P2-55)
Aux Audio Out 2 Right H (P2-73)
Aux Audio Out 2 Right L (P2-74)
Stereo audio output to the stereo amplifier
Serial Digital Bus

RS-485_3B H (P2-24)
RS-485_3B L (P2-4)
RS-485_3B GND (P2-6)RS-485_3A H (P2-25)
RS-485_3A L (P2-25)
RS-485_3A GND (P2-26)

RS-485_TERM H (P2-62)
RS-485_TERM L (P2-63)
Format: Termination resistor for the RS-485 bus.
MDSB-A A (P2-10)
MDSB-A /A (P2-48)
MDSB-A B (P2-7)
MDSB-A /B (P2-27)
MDSB Termination (P2-3)
GND Ref (P2-8)
Format: 4-wire Multi-Drop Serial Bus
1-77
general information
523-0808269
Table 1-34. ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

CHARACTERISTIC
SPECIFICATION
RS-232_1 TX (P3-12)
RS-232_1 RX (P3-13)
RS-232_1 GND (P3-11)
RS-232_2 TX (P3-30)
RS-232_2 RX (P3-15)
RS-232_2 GND (P3-14)
RS-232_3 TX (P3-28)
RS-232_3 RX (P3-42)
RS-232_3 GND (P3-41)
RS-232_4 TX (P3-44)
RS-232_4 RX (P3-43)
RS-232_4 GND (P3-29)
1.6. STORAGE.
Storage requirements for the Bombardier Challenger 605 CES equipment are contained in the paragraphs that follow.
1.6.1. Storage Materials and Containers.
Store each unit in its original packing materials and shipping container.
1.6.2. Area Atmospheric Conditions.
Atmospheric requirements are contained in the paragraphs that follow.
1.6.2.1. Ambient Temperature. The ambient temperature of the storage area should not exceed the range specified in the environmental specifications.
1.6.2.2. Relative Humidity. The relative humidity should never exceed 95 percent.
1.6.3. Extended Storage.
If a unit is to be stored for more than 6 months, put it in an airtight bag with sufficient desiccant to absorb moisture.
1-78
general information
523-0808269
If you keep a unit in storage for more than 6 months, do a test on it before you put it back . This will show if the component operates
below specifications.
1-79/(1-80 Blank)
523-0808269
CHAPTER 2
Installation
2.1. INTRODUCTION.
This chapter supplies data necessary to install the Cabin Electronic System (CES) in the Bombardier, Challenger 605, airplane. This
section has airplane wire and CES-unit removal and installation procedures and precautions. It also shows CES system interconnect
wiring diagrams.
2.2. UNPACKING AND INSPECTING EQUIPMENT.
Save all shipping containers and packing materials as proof of shipping damage. Examine the equipment received against the packing
list to make sure that you received all the equipment. If you find no damage, replace the packing materials in the shipping containers.
Keep the shipping containers in storage to use again.
a.
Examine the equipment received against the packing list to make sure you received everything that is on the list.
b.
Examine the equipment received for Damage.

(1) Carefully remove the equipment from its boxes.
(2) Examine each unit for possible damage during shipping.
(3) If there is damage, immediately file a claim with the transportation company.
(4) Keep all boxes and packing materials as proof of shipping damage.
c.
If your equipment is complete, and you have no damage:

(1) Put the packing materials back in the boxes.
(2) Keep them in storage to use again.
2.3. PRE-INSTALLATION CHECK.

Make sure that equipment meets performance specifications, before you install it, do the equipment check that follows.
Do the final performance (customer acceptance) test. (Refer to Chapter 5, Maintenance, of this manual.)
Connect units in a system mock-up.
2.4. CABLING INSTRUCTIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRPLANE BATTERY MASTER SWITCH IS TURNED OFF BEFORE INSTALLING ANY OF THE INTERCONNECT CABLING.
Make sure that interconnect cables are prepared in accordance with the interconnect diagram, Figure 2-3. Since these interconnects
represent typical systems, variations or modifications to meet customer requirements are inevitable. The mounts, mating connectors,
and contacts required to install the CES system are listed in Table 2-1. Refer to Table 2-1 for the special tools required for installation.
Refer to Figure 2-1 for the mating connector pin assignments.
2.4.1. Cabling Precautions.
During preparation of the interconnect wiring cables, do the following:
Read all notes on the drawings and interconnect diagrams before fabricating interconnect wiring cables.
Bond and shield all parts of the airplane electrical system (for example, the generator and ignition systems).
2-1
installation
523-0808269
Keep interconnect cables away from circuits carrying heavy current, pulse-transmitting equipment, and other sources of interference.
Make all external connections to the equipment through designated connectors listed on interconnect wiring diagrams.
For balanced connections, use a twisted-pair shielded wire for minimum pickup of electrostatic and magnetic fields. Avoid long
runs of wire, and keep input and output circuits separated as much as possible.
Make sure that all interconnect wires and cables are marked in accordance with the airplane Electronics Association Wire Marking
Standard. This is a recommended method. Other methods may already be in use.
Avoid excessive cable lengths, but allow sufficient slack for movement due to vibration.
After installation of the cables in the airplane and before installation of the equipment, check to ensure that airplane power is
applied to only the pins specified on the interconnect diagrams and that all other wires and shields are properly terminated.
2.5. MOUNTS AND MATING CONNECTOR HARDWARE/TOOLING.
Refer to Table 2-1 for the mount and mating connector hardware and associated tools for each Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) in the
system. The interconnect wiring diagram shows the mating connector pin functions. Refer to the cable and connector manufacturing
manuals for wire and pin contact preparation, installation, and repair.
2.6. LRU MATING CONNECTORS.
Refer to Figure 2-1 for the mating connector pin assignments.
2-2
installation
523-0808269
Table 2-1. Mount and Mating Connector Hardware and Tooling.

UNIT
MCE-6000
Mounting
Mating connector P1
HARDWARE/TOOLING
Four socket-head screws 4.83 mm (0.190 in) (NAS1352 or MS16998) and four flat-washers
(NAS620)
D38999/26FJ35SN (CPN 359-0680-090)
Contacts (size 22D): MIL M39029/56-348, CPN 359-0608-130
Strain relief: MIL M85049/38S25N, CPN 859-6619-180
Insertion/extraction tooling: MIL M81969/14-01, CPN 359-8032-010
Crimp tool: MIL M22520/2-01, CPN 359-8102-010
Crimp positioner: MIL M22520/2-07, CPN 359-8102-070
Mating connector P2

Contacts (#8 quadrax): (CPN 359-0713-010)
Insertion/extraction tooling: CPN 860-2527-060
Crimp tool (inner contacts): MIL M22520/2-01, CPN 359-8102-010
Crimp positioner (inner contacts): MIL M22520/2-37, Daniels K709
Crimp tool (ferrule): MIL M22520/2-01, CPN 359-8102-010
Crimp positioner (ferrule): MIL M22520/5-45
Mating connector P3

Contacts (#8 quadrax): (CPN 359-0713-010)
Insertion/extraction tooling: CPN 860-2527-060
Crimp tool (inner contacts): MIL M22520/2-01, CPN 359-8102-010
Crimp positioner (inner contacts): MIL M22520/2-37, Daniels K709
Crimp tool (ferrule): MIL M22520/2-01, CPN 359-8102-010
Crimp positioner (ferrule): MIL M22520/5-45
Mating connector P4
D38999/26FE8SN (CPN 359-0680-250)

Contacts (size 16): MIL M39029/56-352, CPN 359-0608-150
Strain relief: MIL M85049/38S17N, CPN 859-6619-140
Insertion/extraction tooling: MIL M81969/14-01, CPN 359-8032-010
Crimp positioner: MIL M22520/1-04, CPN 359-8101-040
Mating connector P5 (P/O MFE)
MS27484T8F35S (CPN 359-0645-010)

Contacts: MIL M39029/57-354, CPN 359-0608-110
Strain relief: MIL M85049/49-2-10N, CPN 859-6604-110
Insertion/extraction tool: MIL M81969/14-01, CPN 359-8032-010
Crimp tool positioner: MIL M22520/2-06, CPN 359-8102-060
ESE-6000/JEE-6000
N/A
MFE-6000
Mounting
Four flat-head screws 2.84 mm (.112 in) -40 X 7.87 mm (0.31in)
Mating connector P1
MS27484T8F 355 (CPN 359-0645-010)

Contacts (size 22D): MIL M39029/57-359 CPN 359-0608-050
2-3
installation
523-0808269
Table 2-1. Mount and Mating Connector Hardware and Tooling. - Continued
UNIT
HARDWARE/TOOLING
Strain relief: MIL M85049/47N8 CPN 359-0125-010
Insertion/extraction tool: MIL M81969/14-10
Crimp tool positioner: MIL M22520/2-06, CPN 359-8102-060
MME-6000/6100
N/A
PME-6000
N/A
PSE-6000
N/A
2-4
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-1. MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Mating Connector Pin Assignments (Sheet 1 of 4)
2-5
installation
523-0808269
2-6
installation
523-0808269
2-7
installation
523-0808269
2-8
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-2. MFE-6000 Modular Fan Equipment Mating Connector Pin Assignments
2-9
installation
523-0808269
2.7. INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL PROCEDURES.

The following paragraphs instruct how to install, do return-to-service tests, and remove CES Line Replaceable Units (LRU) or Line
Replaceable Modules (LRM).
NOTE
In the procedures that follow, "go to step l." always refers to the letter L, and not the number one.
2.7.1. AAE-6200 PA Amplifier.
2.7.1.1. AAE-6200 Installation.
a.
De-energize the CES, refer to the CES Operator's Guide (CPN 523-0808165).
b.
De-energize the airplane.
c.
Secure the AAE-6200 to the mounting surface with four screws.
d.
Connect the three, mating-connector cable assemblies to the unit connectors.
e.
Perform the return to service test. Refer to Paragraph 2.7.1.2.
2.7.1.2. Return to Service Test.

a.
Energize the airplane.
b.
Energize the Cabin Electronics System. Refer to the Operators Guide (CPN 523-0808165).
c.
On the galley touch screen perform these procedures:

(1) Select the Entertainment category button on the top of the screen.
(2) Select the A/V menu.
(3) Select the cabin SPEAKERS.
(4) Select an audio source from the AUDIO pop-up.
(5) If selected audio is heard from the cabin speakers, go to step d.
(6) If selected audio is not heard from the cabin speakers, go to step e.
d.
Return to service test is complete.
e.
Refer to the Fault Isolation Manual (CPN 523-0808242) and follow troubleshooting procedures to determine the fault.
2.7.1.3. AAE-6200 Removal.

a.
De-energize the CES, refer to the CES Operators Guide (CPN 523-0808165).
b.
c.
Disconnect the three mating-connector cable assemblies from the unit connectors.
d.
Remove the four mounting screws that secure the AAE to the mounting surface.
e.
Remove the AAE.
2.7.2. ABDU-6180E/6210E Bulkhead Display Equipment.

2.7.2.1. ABDU-6180E/6210E Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Secure the ABDU to the mounting surface with six screws.
d.
Connect the three mating-connector cable assemblies to the unit connectors.
e.
Perform the return to service test in Paragraph 2.7.2.2.
2-10
installation
523-0808269

a.
b.
Refer to the Operators Guide (CPN 523-0808165) to energize the Cabin Electronics System.
c.

(1) Select the Entertainment category.
(2) Select the SELECT A/V menu.
(3) Select the VIDEO tab.
(4) Select the FWD or AFT BULKHEAD MONITOR.
(5) Select the ON/OFF button to apply power to monitor.
(6) Select a video source from the VIDEO pop-up.
(7) If selected video is displayed on the monitor and audio is heard from the speakers, go to step d.
(8) If selected video is not displayed on the monitor and/or audio is heard from the speakers, go to step e.
d.
e.
2.7.2.3. ABDU-6180E/6210E Removal.

a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove the six mounting screws that secure the ABDU to the mounting surface.
e.
Remove the ABDU.
2.7.3. ASPA-1000 Switch Panel Equipment.

2.7.3.1. ASPA-1000 Installation.
NOTE
Removable Bezel-Tool is required for This procedure.
a.
b.
c.
Set the switch address (bottom of switch assembly).
d.
Connect the mating-connector cable assembly to the unit connector.
e.
Place switch panel base into the cutout in cabinet.
f.
Make sure that the retainers are seated properly.
g.
Peel back enough protective film to reveal the small holes located at either end of the switch panel base.
h.
Insert the hex key end of the tool into either hole.
i.
Turn the tool counter-clockwise until the retainer is seated against the back plate.
j.
Stop turning at the first indication of tension.
k.
Once the retainer makes contact, turn the tool no more than two full turns to hold the switch panel in place.
l.
Insert the hex key end of tool into the other hole on the switch panel.
m. Turn the tool clockwise until the retainer makes contact with the backside of cabinet material.
2-11
installation
523-0808269
n.
o.
p.
Remove the tool from the switch panel.
q.
Carefully remove the protective film from the switch panel base, underside of the bezel, and fasteners.
r.
Make sure the bezel has the proper orientation, and carefully align the fasteners on the bezel with the mounting holes on the
switch panel base.
s.
With bezel in place, apply pressure at each end and snap the bezel into the switch panel base.
t.
Remove the protective film from the front of the bezel.
u.

a.
b.
c.
On the galley touch screen equipment, touch the MAINTENANCE category button to show the maintenance main menu.
d.
Touch the DIAGNOSTICS button to show the DIAGNOSTICS page.
e.
Touch the FAULTS tab.
f.
Touch the CURRENT sub-page tab to show the CURRENT FAULTS page.
g.
Touch the VIEW ALL button to show the status of all LRUs.
h.
Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the desired LRU is located.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step l.
(2) If OK is displayed, go to step i.
i.
Select the buttons one at a time.
j.
Did all the buttons perform as required?

(1) If yes, go to step k.
(2) If no, go to step l.
k.
Return the ASPA-1000 to service. The test is complete.
l.
2.7.3.3. ASPA-1000 Removal.
NOTE
a.
b.
c.
Before switch panel removal, protect all decorative surfaces.
d.
Remove the bezel from one side of the switch panel base.
e.
Wedge the hooked end of the tool between the metallic overlay and the bezel.
f.
Pivot the tool to pry the bezel free from the switch panel base.
g.
Remove the tool.
h.
Remove the bezel from the other side of the switch panel base.
i.
2-12
installation
j.
k.
Remove the tool.
l.
Lift the bezel straight off.
523-0808269
Stop turning the hex key at the first indication of tension.

m. Insert the hex key end of the removable bezel tool into one of the holes.
n.
Turn the tool counter-clock wise until the retainer is seated against the back plate.
o.
Remove the Removable-Bezel Tool.

p.
Insert the hex key end of the removable bezel tool into the other one hole.
q.
r.
Lift the switch panel base out of the cabinet.
s.
Disconnect the mating-connector cable assembly from the unit connector.
t.
Remove the ASPA.
2.7.4. ABDU-6180/6210 Bulkhead Display Equipment.

2.7.4.1. ABDU-6180/6210 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Secure the BDE to the mounting surface with six screws.
d.
e.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step k.
i.
On the Galley touch screen perform these procedures:

(1) Select the ENTERTAINMENT category.
2-13
installation
523-0808269

(7) If selected video is displayed on the monitor and audio is heard from the speakers, go to step j.
(8) If selected video is not displayed on the monitor and/or audio is heard from the speakers, go to step k.
j.
k.
2.7.4.3. ABDU-6180/6210 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove the six mounting screws that secure the BDE to the mounting surface.
e.
Remove the BDE.
2.7.5. CDE-6000 CD/DVD/MP3 Player Equipment.

2.7.5.1. CDE-6000 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Secure the CDE-6000 to the mounting surface with four screws.
d.
Connect the cable assemblies to the unit connectors.
e.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.

(2) Select the DVD menu.
(3) Select a DVD to view.
(4) Push the Cabin SETTINGS button.
2-14
installation
523-0808269
(5) Select the FWD/AFT BULKHEAD MONITOR.

(6) Select the CABIN SPEAKERS.
(7) Select the PLAY button.
(8) Is the selected DVD displayed, and audio heard?
(a) If yes, go to (9).
(b) If not, go to step k.
(9) Select the select the PAUSE button.
(10) Dose the video displayed, pause?
(11) Select the REV button
(12) Does the video displayed, reverse?
(13) Select the FFWD button.
(14) Dose the video displayed, fast forward?
(a) If yes, go to step j.
j.
k.
2.7.5.3. CDE-6000 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
Disconnect the cable assemblies from the unit connectors.
d.
Remove the four mounting screws that secure the CDE-6000 to the mounting surface.
e.
Remove the CDE-6000.
2.7.6. DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment.

2.7.6.1. DTE-6000 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Secure the DTE to the mounting surface with four screws.
d.
Connect the four mating-connector cable assemblies to the unit connectors.
e.

a.
b.
c.

(1) Touch the DIAGNOSTICS button to show the DIAGNOSTICS page.
2-15
installation
523-0808269
(2) Touch the FAULTS tab and then the CURRENT sub-page tab to show the current faults page.
(3) Touch the VIEW ALL button to show the status of all LRUs.
(4) Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the desired LRU shows.
(5) If the LRU is listed as OK, go to step d.
(6) If the LRU status is listed as INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status, go to step e.
d.
e.
2.7.6.3. DTE-6000 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
Disconnect the four mating-connector cable assemblies from the unit connectors.
d.
Remove the four mounting screws that secure the DTE to the mounting surface.
e.
Remove the DTE.
2.7.7. HST-2100/2110 High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver.

2.7.7.1. HST-2100/2110 Installation.
a.
De-energize the CES, refer to the CES Operators Guide (CPN 523-0808165)..
b.
c.
Slide the High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver into the mount firmly to set unit to connectors in back of mount.
d.
Secure the High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver to the mount by tightening down the mount thumb screw.
e.
Perform the return to service test as follows:

(1) For HST-2100, refer to Paragraph 2.7.7.2.
(2) For HST-2110, refer to Paragraph 2.7.7.3.
2.7.7.2. Return to Service Test - HST-2100.

a.
b.
Refer to the Operators Guide (CPN 523-0808165) to power up the Cabin Electronics System but do not power up the HST-2100.
c.
On the galley touch screen equipment, touch the MAINTENANCE category button to show the MAINTENANCE main menu.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the SRT-2100 is located.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step m.
i.
Refer to the Operators Guide (CPN 523-0808165) to power up the HST-2100.
j.
Check the MAINTENANCE STATUS page to determined the operational status of the HST-2100.
(2) If OK is displayed, go to step k.
k.
2-16
installation
523-0808269

(4) Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the desired LRU shows.
(5) If the LRU is listed as OK, go to step l.
(6) If the LRU status is listed as INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status, go to step m.
l.
m. Refer to the Fault Isolation Manual (CPN 523-0808242) and follow troubleshooting procedures to determine the fault.
2.7.7.3. Return to Service Test - HST-2110.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the SRT-2100 is located.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step q.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m. Touch the CURRENT sub-page tab to show the CURRENT FAULTS page.
n.
o.
Touch the page down arrow button until the HST-2100 is located.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step q.
(2) If OK is displayed, go to step p.
p.
q.
2.7.7.4. HST-2100/2110 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
Loosen the mount thumb screw on the front of High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver.
d.
Remove the HST.
2.7.8. IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter.

2.7.8.1. IIE-6000 Installation.
a.
2-17
installation
523-0808269
b.
c.
Secure the IIE to the mounting surface with four screws.
d.
e.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Touch the page down arrow button until the desired LRU is located.
i.

(6) Select a video source from the Video pop-up.
j.
k.
Refer to the Fault Isolation Manual 523-0808242 and follow troubleshooting procedures to determine the fault.
2.7.8.3. IIE-6000 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove the four mounting screws that secure the IIE to the mounting surface.
e.
Remove the IIE.
2.7.9. ITPE-6520 Handset Equipment.

2.7.9.1. ITPE-6520 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Connect the five cable assemblies, as required to the base:

(1) J1 Telephone Line.
2-18
installation
523-0808269
(2) J2 Retractor Reel Handset Connection.

(3) J3 External Ringer Connection, if available.
(4) J4 8 Pin Header for connection for LAN system, if available.
(5) J5 RJ-11 for Data Modem Connection, if available.
d.
Secure the Sigma 7 Handset to the mounting surface with four screws.
e.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
ITPE-6520 handset perform these procedures:

(1) Push the ON/ANSWER button.
(2) Is sidetone heard in handset?
(a) If sidetone is heard, go to (3).
(b) If sidetone is not heard, go to step k.
(3) Use the digits 0-9 to make a phone call.
(a) If call is completed, go to (4).
(b) If call is not completed, go to step k.
(4) Push FLASH button to momentary place the call on hold.
(5) Push FLASH button again. Call is placed on hold until user finishes the commands to transfer, conference or does flash
again.
(a) If current call did not terminate, go to (6).
(b) If current call did terminate, go to step k.
(6) Push the volume plus (+) button until the volume dose not increase any more.
(a) On the handset if a 4 is displayed, in the LCD, go to (7).
(b) On the handset if a 4 is not displayed, in the LCD, go to step k.
(7) Push the volume minus () button until the volume dose not decrease any more.
(a) On the handset if a 0 is displayed, in the LCD, go to (8).
(b) On the handset if a 0 is not displayed, in the LCD, go to step k.
(8) Push the OFF button.
(9) Is the call terminated?
(a) If call is terminated, go to step j.
2-19
installation
523-0808269
(b) If call is not terminated, go to step k.

j.
k.
2.7.9.3. ITPE-6520 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
Remove the four mounting screws that secure the Sigma 7 Handset to the mounting surface.
d.
Disconnect the following five cable assemblies from base:

(1) J1 Telephone Line
(2) J2 Retractor Reel Handset Connection
(3) J3 External Ringer Connection, if available
(4) J4 8 Pin Header for connection for LAN system, if available
(5) J5 RJ-11 for Data Modem Connection, if available.
e.
Remove the ITPE.
2.7.10. JPE-6001/6300 Switch Panel Equipment.

2.7.10.1. JPE-6001/6300 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Place switch panel base into the cutout in cabinet.
e.
f.
Peel back enough protective film to reveal the small holes located at either end of the switch panel base.
NOTE
Removable bezel tool is required for steps f and j.
g.
Insert the hex key end of the tool into either hole.
h.
Turn the tool counter-clockwise until the retainer is seated against the back plate.
i.
j.
k.
Insert the hex key end of tool into the other hole on the switch panel.
l.
Turn the tool clockwise until the retainer makes contact with the backside of cabinet material.
m. Stop turning at the first indication of tension.

n.
o.
Remove the tool from the switch panel.
p.
q.
switch panel base.
r.
s.
2-20
installation
t.
523-0808269

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

(2) If not, go to step l.
k.
l.
2.7.10.3. JPE-6001/6300 Removal.
NOTE
a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove the bezel from one side of the switch panel base.
e.
f.
g.
Remove the tool
h.
Remove the bezel from the other side of the switch panel base.
i.
j.
k.
Remove the tool.
l.
Lift the bezel straight off.

m. Insert the hex key end of the removable bezel tool into one of the holes.
2-21
installation
523-0808269
n.
o.
Remove the Removable-Bezel Tool.

p.
Insert the hex key end of the removable bezel tool into the other one hole.
q.
r.
Lift the switch panel base out of the cabinet.
s.
t.
Remove the JPE.
2.7.11. MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment.

2.7.11.1. MCE-6000 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Connect the five mating-connector cable assemblies to the MCE connectors.
d.
Secure the MCE to the mounting surface with four socket-head screws and four flat-washers.
NOTE
A fiberglass protective cover is installed in all new MCE-6000s over the rear interconnect plate to protect the
connectors during MCE-6000 installation (refer to SIL MCE-6000-07-1). This cover is to stay attached until after
the MCE-6000 is installed on the airplane with four (4) mounting screws located inside the MCE-6000. After
the MCE-6000 is mounted, the protective cover is removed along with the mounting hardware, which consists of
one (1) each screw and one (1) each spacer. Once the protective cover and hardware are removed, the Modules
can be installed into the MCE-6000. Failure to remove the spacer from the MCE may cause serious damage to
the MME-6000/6100 (Moving Map Equipment) module when inserting the MME module into the MCE-6000. In
addition, it may create an intermittent condition in the MME-6000/6100, because the connectors cannot be fully
seated when the Spacer is present.
e.
Install the modules in the MCE.
f.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
2-22
installation
i.
j.
523-0808269

k.
l.
2.7.11.3. MCE-6000 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
Remove the modules from the MCE.
d.
Remove the four mounting screws that secure the MCE to the mounting surface.
e.
Disconnect the five mating connector cable assemblies from the unit connectors.
f.
Remove the MCE.
2.7.12. Modular Cabinet Equipment Modules.

2.7.12.1. MCE Module Installation.
a.
b.
Before installation or removal of an ESE, PME, MME, or PSE, remove power from the MCE. Removal or installation of the MCE modules with power applied will damage them.
NOTE
Modules used in the modular cabinet have external grounding springs on both sides located near the front of the
module. These springs provide ground contact between the front of the modules and the front of the cabinet
opening to effectively close off the front of the cabinet from EMI. When modules are installed, these springs are
compressed and concealed within the cabinet. When modules are removed the springs are exposed and need care
in handling. The following is the recommended order to insert and extract the MCE-6000 modules, except the
ESE-6100 and JEE-6000 can be inserted or removed at any time. For installation, install MME module or filler
panel first.
c.
The ESE-6100, JEE-6000, MME-6000/6100, PME-6000, and PSE-6000 are retained by seating handles on each module.
(1) Push the latch on the handle and move the handle to the open position.
(2) Push the module straight into the card cage until the connector is engaged.
(3) Close the handle to seat the module in the card cage. The handle is retained in the closed position by the latch.
d.

a.
b.
c.
d.
2-23
installation
523-0808269
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

k.
l.
2.7.12.3. MCE Module Removal.

a.
b.
Before installation or removal of an ESE, PME, MME, or PSE, remove power from the MCE. Removal or installation of the MCE modules with power applied will damage them.
NOTE
Modules used in the modular cabinet have external grounding springs on both sides located near the front of the
module. These springs provide ground contact between the front of the modules and the front of the cabinet
opening to effectively close off the front of the cabinet from EMI. When modules are installed, these springs are
compressed and concealed within the cabinet. When modules are removed the springs are exposed and need care
in handling. The following is the recommended order to insert and extract the MCE-6000 modules, except the
ESE-6100 and JEE-6000 can be inserted or removed at any time. For removal, remove MME module first or leave
filler panel in.
c.
Push the latch on the handle and move the handle to the open position.
d.
Grasp the handle and pull the module straight out of the card cage.
2.7.13. MFE-6000 Modular Fan Equipment.

2.7.13.1. MFE-6000 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Connect the P5 mating-connector cable assembly to the MFE connector.
d.
Secure the MFE below the MCE mounting surface with four screws and four flat-washers.
e.

a.
b.
2-24
installation
523-0808269
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

k.
l.
2.7.13.3. MFE-6000 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
Remove the four mounting screws that secure the MFE to the mounting surface.
d.
Disconnect the P5 mating connector cable assembly from the MFE connector.
e.
Remove MFE.
2.7.14. PCU-6100 Wireless Passenger Control Unit.

2.7.14.1. PCU-6100 Installation. There is no install procedure for the PCU-6100 because it is a wireless component. Perform
the return to service test in Paragraph 2.7.14.2.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Touch the page down arrow button until the desired PCU-6100 is located.
i.
j.

k.
2-25
installation
l.
523-0808269
2.7.14.3. PCU-6100 Removal. No removal procedure for the PCU-6100 because it is a wireless component.
2.7.15. RDE-6000 Relay Drive Equipment.
2.7.15.1. RDE-6000 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Secure the RDE to the mounting surface with four screws.
d.
e.

a.
b.
c.
In the cockpit, place the MAINTENANCE switch to Maintenance mode.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
(2) If OK is displayed, go to step j.
j.
k.
2.7.15.3. RDE-6000 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove the four mounting screws that secure the RDE to the mounting surface.
e.
Remove the RDE.
2.7.16. SAE-6000 Stereo Amplifier Equipment.

2.7.16.1. SAE-6000 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Secure the SAE to the mounting surface with four screws.
d.
e.

a.
2-26
installation
523-0808269
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.

j.
k.
2.7.16.3. SAE-6000 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove the four mounting screws that secure the SAE to the mounting surface.
e.
Remove the SAE.
2.7.17. Signal Splitter/Combiner Equipment.

2.7.17.1. Signal Splitter/Combiner Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Secure the signal splitter/combiner to the mounting surface with two screws.
d.
Connect the three connector cable assembly to the signal splitter/combiner connectors.
e.

a.
b.
c.
d.
2-27
installation
523-0808269
e.
f.
g.
h.
Touch the page down arrow button until the SRT-2100 is located.
i.
j.
k.

(4) Touch the page down arrow button until the desired LRU shows.
l.
2.7.17.3. Signal Splitter/Combiner Removal.
a.
b.
c.
Disconnect the three connector cable assembly from the signal splitter/combiner connectors.
d.
Remove the two mounting screws that secure the signal splitter/combiner to the mounting surface.
e.
Remove the signal splitter/combiner.
2.7.18. SRE-6100 Crew Area Speaker Equipment.

2.7.18.1. SRE-6100 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Secure the Crew Area Speaker to the mounting surface with four screws.
d.
Connect the mating-connector cable assembly to the Crew Area Speaker.
e.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2-28
installation
f.
g.
h.
523-0808269

i.
On the Galley touch screen perform these procedures:

(1) Select the CABIN category.
(2) Select the BRIEFING menu.
(3) Select any available briefing options.
(4) If selected briefing audio is heard from the speakers, go to step j.
(5) If selected briefing audio is not heard from the speakers, go to step k.
j.
k.
2.7.18.3. SRE-6100 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
Disconnect the mating-connector cable assembly from the crew area speaker.
d.
Remove the four mounting screws that secure the crew area speaker to the mounting surface.
e.
Remove the SRE.
2.7.19. SRE-6110 PA Speaker Equipment.

2.7.19.1. SRE-6110 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Secure the PA speaker to the mounting surface with four screws.
d.
Connect the mating-connector cable assembly to the PA speaker.
e.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
2-29
installation
523-0808269
(1) Select the CABIN category.

(2) Select the BRIEFING menu.
(3) Select any available briefing options.
(4) If selected briefing audio is heard from the speakers, go to step j.
(5) If selected briefing audio is not heard from the speakers, go to step k.
j.
k.
2.7.19.3. SRE-6110 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
Disconnect the mating-connector cable assembly from the PA speaker.
d.
Remove the four mounting screws that secure the PA speaker to the mounting surface.
e.
Remove the SRE.
2.7.20. SRT-2100 Satellite Data Unit.

2.7.20.1. SRT-2100 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Slide the satellite data unit into the mount firmly to set unit to connectors in back of mount.
d.
Secure the satellite data unit to the mount by tightening down the two mount thumb screw.
e.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Touch the page down arrow button until the SRT-2100 is located.
i.
j.
k.
On the galley touch screen, perform these procedures:

2-30
installation
523-0808269
(4) Touch the page down arrow button until the desired LRU shows.
l.
2.7.20.3. SRT-2100 Removal.
a.
b.
c.
Loosen the two mount thumb screws on the front of satellite data unit.
d.
Remove the satellite data unit from the mount.
e.
Remove the SRT.
2.7.21. SPE-6100/6220/6300/6400 Switch Panel Equipment.

2.7.21.1. SPE-6100/6220/6300/6400 Installation.
a.
b.
c.

(1) Peel back enough protective film to reveal the small holes located at either end of the switch panel base.
(2) Insert the hex key end of the removable bezel tool into either hole and turn the tool counter-clockwise until the retainer is
seated against the back plate. Stop turning at the first indication of tension.
(3) Remove the tool and repeat at the other end of the switch panel.
d.
e.
Place switch panel base into cutout in the cabinet.
f.
Insert the hex key end of the removable bezel tool into the small hole located at either end of the switch panel. Turn the tool
clockwise until the retainer makes contact with the backside of the cabinet material.
g.
Stop turning at the first indication of tension. Once the retainer makes contact, turn the tool no more than two full turns to hold
the switch panel in place. Remove the tool and repeat at the other end of the switch panel.
h.
Remove the protective film from the switch panel base prior to bezel installation.
i.
j.
switch panel base.
k.
l.
m. Perform the return to service test in Paragraph 2.7.21.2.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2-31
installation
523-0808269
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

k.
l.
2.7.21.3. SPE-6100/6220/6300/6400 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
d.
Use the removable bezel tool to remove the bezel from the switch panel base. Wedge the hooked end of the tool between the
metallic overlay and the bezel. Pivot the tool to pry the bezel free from the switch panel base. Remove the tool, and repeat at
the other end of switch panel, then lift the bezel straight off.
e.
Insert the hex key end of the removable bezel tool into either hole, and turn the tool counter-clock wise until the retainer is
seated against the back plate. Stop turning at the first indication of tension. Remove the tool and repeat at other end of switch
panel.
f.
Use the removable bezel tool or equivalent to lift the switch panel base out of the cabinet. Protect all decorative surfaces.
g.
h.
Remove the SPE.
2.7.22. TSE-6014 Touch Screen Equipment.

2.7.22.1. TSE-6014 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Secure the TSE-6014 to the mounting surface with four screws.
d.
e.

a.
b.
c.
Select the CABIN screen.
d.
On the CABIN screen, select SETUP.
e.
Select BEGIN TOUCHSCREEN CALIBRATION.
f.
Follow the on-screen instruction prompts to calibrate your local TSE.
g.
h.
2-32
installation
i.
j.
k.
l.
Touch the page down arrow button until the TSE-6014 is located.
523-0808269
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step o.

(2) If OK is displayed, go to step m.
m. On the TSE perform these procedures:
(5) If selected video is displayed on the monitor and audio is heard in the headsets go to step n.
(6) If selected video is not displayed on the monitor and/or audio is heard in the headsets go to step o.
n.
o.
2.7.22.3. TSE-6014 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove the four mounting screws that secure the TSE to the mounting surface.
e.
Remove the TSE.
2.7.23. TSE-6084 Touch Screen Equipment.

2.7.23.1. TSE-6084 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Plug-in the touch screen to the ARE-6000 In-Arm Mechanism.
d.

a.
b.
c.
Select the CABIN screen.
d.
On the CABIN screen select SETUP.
e.
Select BEGIN TOUCHSCREEN CALIBRATION.
f.
Follow the on-screen instruction prompts to calibrate your local TSE.
g.
h.
i.
j.
2-33
installation
523-0808269
k.
l.
Touch the page down arrow button until the TSE-6084 is located.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step o.
(2) If OK is displayed, go to step m.
m. On the TSE, perform these procedures:

(5) If selected video is displayed on the monitor and audio is heard in the headsets, go to step n.
(6) If selected video is not displayed on the monitor and/or audio is heard in the headsets, go to step o.
n.
o.
2.7.23.3. TSE-6084 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
Remove the touch screen from the ARE-6000 In-Arm Mechanism.
2.7.24. VEE-6000 Video Encoder Equipment.

2.7.24.1. VEE-6000 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Secure the VEE to the mounting surface with four screws.
d.
Connect the seven mating-connector cable assemblies to the unit connectors.
e.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Touch the page down arrow button until the VEE-6000 is located.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step j.
i.
j.
2.7.24.3. VEE-6000 Removal.
2-34
installation
a.
b.
c.
Disconnect the seven mating-connector cable assemblies from the unit connectors.
d.
Remove the four mounting screws that secure the VEE to the mounting surface.
e.
Remove the VEE.
523-0808269
2.7.25. USPE-6300 Switch Panel Equipment.

2.7.25.1. USPE-6300 Installation.
a.
b.
c.

(1) Peel back enough protective film to reveal the small holes located at either end of the switch panel base.
(2) Insert the hex key end of the removable Bezel-Toolinto either hole and turn the tool counter-clockwise until the retainer is
seated against the back plate. Stop turning at the first indication of tension.
(3) Remove the tool and repeat at the other end of the switch panel.
d.
e.
Place switch panel base into cutout in cabinet.
f.
Insert the hex key end of the removable-Bezel Tool into the small hole located at either end of switch panel. Turn the tool
clockwise until the retainer makes contact with the backside of cabinet material.
g.
Stop turning at the first indication of tension. Once the retainer makes contact, turn the tool no more than two full turns to hold
the switch panel in place. Remove the tool and repeat at the other end of the switch panel. Remove the protective film from the
switch panel base prior to bezel installation.
h.
Carefully remove the protective film from the switch panel base, the underside of the bezel, and fasteners.
i.
switch panel base.
j.
k.
l.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Touch the page down arrow button until the USPE-6300 is located.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to l.
(2) If OK is displayed, go to i.
i.
j.
2-35
installation
523-0808269

k.
l.
2.7.25.3. USPE-6300 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
d.
Use the removable bezel tool to remove the bezel from the switch panel base. Wedge the hooked end of the tool between the
metallic overlay and the bezel. Pivot the tool to pry the bezel free from the switch panel base. Remove the tool, and repeat at
the other end of switch panel, then lift the bezel straight off.
e.
Insert the hex key end of the removable bezel tool in to either hole, and turn the tool counter-clock wise until the retainer is
seated against the back plate. Stop turning at the first indication of tension. Remove the tool and repeat at other end of the
switch panel.
f.
Use the removable bezel tool or equivalent to lift the switch panel base out of the cabinet. Protect all decorative surfaces.
g.
h.
Remove the USPE.
2.7.26. XMA-1000 XM Radio Antenna Equipment.

2.7.26.1. XMA-1000 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Secure antenna to the mounting surface with four screws.
d.
Connect the antenna cable assembly to the antenna connector.
e.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Touch the page down arrow button until the XMA-1000 is located.
i.
On the galley touch screen equipment perform these procedures:

(2) Select the XM RADIO menu.
(3) Select a XM RADIO CATEGORIES.
(4) Select a A/V from the XM pop-up menu.
2-36
installation
523-0808269
(5) Select a XM RECEIVER on XM pop-up menu.

(6) Select CABIN SPEAKERS on XM pop-up menu.
(7) If selected audio is heard on the cabin speakers, go to step j.
(8) If selected audio is not heard on cabin speakers, go to step k.
j.
k.
2.7.26.3. XMA-1000 Removal.

a.
b.
Disconnect the antenna cable assembly from the antenna connector.
c.
Remove the four mounting screws that secure the antenna to the mounting surface.
d.
Remove the XMA.
2.7.27. XME-6400 XM Radio Equipment.

2.7.27.1. XME-6400 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Secure the XM Radio to the mounting surface with four screws.
d.
e.

a.
b.
c.
On the galley Touch Screen Equipment, touch the MAINTENANCE category button to show the maintenance main menu.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the XME-6400 is located.
i.
On the galley Touch Screen Equipment perform these procedures:

(1) Select the Entertainment category.
(2) Select the XM RADIO menu.
(3) Select a XM RADIO CATEGORIES.
(4) Select a A/V from the XM pop-up menu.
(5) Select a XM RECEIVER on XM pop-up men.
(6) Select CABIN SPEAKERS on XM pop-up men.
(7) If selected audio is heard on the cabin speakers, go to step j.
(8) If selected audio is not heard on cabin speakers, go to step k.
2-37
installation
523-0808269
j.
k.
2.7.27.3. XME-6400 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove the four mounting screws that secure the XM Radio to the mounting surface.
e.
Remove the XME.
2.7.28. ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment.

2.7.28.1. ZDE-6000 Installation.
a.
b.
c.
Secure the ZDE to the mounting surface with four screws.
d.
e.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Touch the page down arrow button until the XMA-1000 is located.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step j.
i.
j.
2.7.28.3. ZDE-6000 Removal.

a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove the four mounting screws that secure the ZDE to the mounting surface.
e.
Remove the ZDE.
2-38
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-3. CES for Challenger 605, Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 1 of 31)
2-39/(2-40 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-41/(2-42 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-43/(2-44 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-45/(2-46 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-47/(2-48 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-49/(2-50 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-51/(2-52 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-53/(2-54 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-55/(2-56 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-57/(2-58 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-59/(2-60 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-61/(2-62 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-63/(2-64 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-65/(2-66 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-67/(2-68 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-69/(2-70 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-71/(2-72 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-73/(2-74 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-75/(2-76 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-77/(2-78 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-79/(2-80 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-81/(2-82 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-83/(2-84 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-85/(2-86 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-87/(2-88 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-89/(2-90 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-91/(2-92 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-93/(2-94 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-95/(2-96 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-97/(2-98 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-99/(2-100 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-4. DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
2-101/(2-102 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-4. DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
2-103/(2-104 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-5. ESE-6100 Ethernet Switch Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-105/(2-106 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-6. IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-107/(2-108 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-7. JEE-6000 Jumper Ethernet Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-109/(2-110 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-8. MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
2-111/(2-112 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-8. MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
2-113/(2-114 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-9. MFE-6000 Modular Fan Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-115/(2-116 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-10. MME-6000 Moving Map Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-117/(2-118 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-11. MME-6100 Moving Map Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-119/(2-120 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-12. PME-6000 Processor/Mass Storage Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-121/(2-122 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-13. PSE-6000 Power Supply Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-123/(2-124 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-14. RDE-6000 Relay Drive Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-125/(2-126 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-15. VEE-6000 Video Encoder Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
2-127/(2-128 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-15. VEE-6000 Video Encoder Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
2-129/(2-130 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
Figure 2-16. ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3)
2-131/(2-132 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-133/(2-134 Blank)
installation
523-0808269
2-135/(2-136 Blank)
523-0808269
CHAPTER 3
Operation
3.1. GENERAL.
This chapter shows the controls and displays used to operate the Rockwell Collins Cabin Electronics System (CES) for the Bombardier Challenger 605 airplane. Figures and tables describe each control and display in sufficient detail so that the flight line
technician can operate the equipment and troubleshoot the complete system.
3.2. CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS.
NOTE
Not all functions described in this chapter are available in all airplane installations. If a function is not available
in a particular airplane installation, the button and label for selecting that function are removed from the selection
menu.
Figure 3-2 through Figure 3-25 show the controls and displays of each piece of CES equipment. Associated tables describe the
operation of each control and display.
NOTE
All devices are touch screen devices. This includes the Touch Screen Equipment (TSE), the Pronto Remote, and
the Wireless Personal Control Units (WPCU). In the instructions that follow on how to use each device, a selection
constitutes a user's hand making a selection by touching the corresponding button on the screen interface.
3-1
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-1. Cabin Electronics System Equipment and Menus for Challenger 605.
EQUIPMENT
FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION
GALLEY TOUCH SCREEN
Refer to Figure 3-1. The GALLEY TOUCH SCREEN provides system control to assist
the flight attendant and pilot to perform cabin duties and maintenance, the passenger,
and the maintenance technician.
MASTER SEAT TOUCH

SCREEN
The MASTER SEAT TOUCH SCREEN is located at the VIP seat as designated using the
GALLEY TOUCH SCREEN. The MASTER SEAT TOUCH SCREEN contains fewer content categories than the GALLEY TOUCH SCREEN.
PASSENGER TOUCH SCREEN
The PASSENGER TOUCH SCREEN is used to monitor and control the Cabin and Entertainment content category.
TOUCH SCREEN MENUS

CABIN
The CABIN menu makes adjustments to the temperature, lighting, and shades within the
cabin. For a description of the CABIN screens, refer to Table 3-2 through Table 3-9 and
Figure 3-2 through Figure 3-9 .
ENTERTAINMENT
The ENTERTAINMENT menu plays TV, movies, and music. The ENTERTAINMENT
menu also sets the audio and video settings. For a description of the ENTERTAINMENT
screens, refer to Table 3-10 through Table 3-17 and Figure 3-10 through Figure 3-17.
AIRSHOW
AIRSHOW shows maps, shows weather-related information, and tracks the course of the
airplane during the flight. For a description of the AIRSHOW screens, refer to Table
3-18 and Figure 3-18.
AIRBORNE OFFICE
AIRBORNE OFFICE is used to participate remotely in meetings, browse the internet,

and prepare documents. For a description of the AIRBORNE OFFICE screens, refer
to Table 3-19.
MAINTENANCE
For a description of the MAINTENANCE screens, refer to chapter 5, MAINTENANCE,

in this manual.
3.8 TOUCHSCREEN MENUS

CABIN
For a description of the CABINS screens, refer to Table 3-20 and Figure 3-20.
SOURCE SELECT
For a description of the SOURCE SELECT screens, refer to Table 3-20 and Figure 3-20.
SOURCE CONTROL
For a description of the SOURCE CONTROL screens, refer to Table 3-20 and Figure 3-20.
PRONTO REMOTE AND

WIRELESS PERSONAL
CONTROL UNIT MENUS
3-2
CABIN
For a description of the CABIN screens, refer to Table 3-24 and Figure 3-24.
AUDIO/VIDEO
For a description of the AUDIO/VIDEO (A/V) screens, refer to Table 3-24 and Figure 3-24.
SPEAKER
For a description of the Speaker screens, refer to Table 3-24 and Figure 3-24.
MONITOR
For a description of the Monitor screens, refer to Table 3-24 and Figure 3-24.
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-1. Cabin Electronics System Equipment and Menus for Challenger 605
3-3
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-2. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Home Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
HOME
NOTE
To show the CABIN>HOME screen, select CABIN on one of the touch screens, and
then select HOME.
Refer to Figure 3-2. The CABIN>HOME screen is, by default, the first screen that shows
when the system starts up. Use the HOME menu to check the status of call lights and assign
master seat locations. This menu is available on the Galley TSE. It provides the ability to
change the two assigned Master Seat Locations (MSL), an at-a-glance view of whether the
call lights are on or off, and a control to reset all call lights to off.
In addition to this manual selection, the CALL LIGHTS field shows automatically when a
call light is selected. A call chime and automatic call lights display occurs simultaneously.
CALL LIGHTS
The CALL LIGHTS display shows a graphic of seat locations and associated call lights.
This graphic also shows each call light that is turned on or off.
CANCEL CALL LIGHTS
Push CANCEL CALL LIGHTS button to reset all call lights to off. CANCEL CALL
LIGHTS is removed from the display when all of the call lights are off.
SELECT MASTER SEATS
The SELECT MASTER SEATS display shows the currently assigned Master Seat Locations
(MSL) by highlighting seats on the seat location graphic. To change the MSLs, push the
display at the locations where the MSLs are desired.
CABIN TEMPERATURE
WORK LIGHTS
OFF
CABIN VOLUME
MUTE
DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS
LOGO
BRIGHTNESS
WORK LIGHTS by pressing UP and DOWN arrow buttons to adjust brightness.

Push OFF button to turn the WORK LIGHTS on or off.
The CABIN VOLUME shows full time in the CABIN, AIRBORNE OFFICE, ENTERTAINMENT, and MAINTENANCE screens. Adjust cabin volume by pressing up (+) and
down (-) arrow buttons to desired volume.
Push MUTE button to turn the currently selected cabin volume on and off.
The following touch screen functions show full time on the CABIN home screen in the
DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS screen.
Push LOGO to show the installed logo in place of the DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS field. Push
this logo to show the logo over the entire touch screen. With a logo in view, push the touch
screen anywhere to restore the previous screen.
Up to three logos may be available for showing. When multiple logos are available, touching LOGO will show a LOGO SELECTION WINDOW. Push the desired logo to show that
logo in the DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS field. Push this logo to show the logo over the entire
touch screen. With a logo in view, push the touch screen anywhere to restore the previous
screen.
NOTE
Do not dim the screen to a level that the function button cannot be viewed.
Adjust BRIGHTNESS by touching UP and DOWN arrow buttons to desired brightness.
DISPLAY OFF
3-4
Push DISPLAY OFF to blank the touch screen. Push a blank touch screen anywhere and
you will restore the touch screen to the previous screen.
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-2. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Home Menu
3-5
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-3. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Briefing Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
BRIEFINGS (Audio)
Refer to Figure 3-3 for the audio-only briefing buttons.
OVER LAND
(Pre-Departure)
Push the OVER LAND button to play the predeparture over land message. (Not used
in Version 3.6.)
OVER LAND
(Pre-Departure/No
Smoking)
Push the NS OVER LAND button to play the predeparture no smoking over land message.
OVER WATER
(Pre-Departure)
Push the OVER WATER button to play the predeparture over water message. (Not used
in Version 3.6.)
OVER WATER
(Pre-Departure/No
Smoking)
Push the NS OVER WATER button to play the predeparture no smoking over water
message.
LANDING
Push the LANDING button to play the before landing message.
TURBULENCE
Push the TURBULENCE button to play the in-flight turbulence message.
NO SMOKING
Push the NO SMOKING button to play the no smoking message. (Not used in Version 3.6.)
FASTEN SEAT BELTS
Push the FASTEN SEAT BELTS button to play the fasten seat belts message. (Not used
in Version 3.6.)
BRIEFINGS (Video)
Refer to Figure 3-3. for the video-only BRIEFING buttons. (Not used in Version 6.3.)
WELCOME
Push the WELCOME button to play the welcome message. (Not used in Version 3.6.)
THANK YOU
Push the THANK YOU button to play the thank you message. (Not used in Version 3.6.)
CANCEL
3-6
Push the CANCEL button to stop a briefing that is currently playing.
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-3. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Briefing Menu
3-7
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-4. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Water Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
WATER
To show the WATER screen, push the CABIN button on the galley touch screen and then
push WATER.
Refer to Figure 3-4. The WATER screen is used to show the water system status. A predefined configuration of valves (open/closed) and heaters (on/off) is enabled by the CES.
WATER DISPENSER
Push the WATER DISPENSER button to turn the water heater between on and off.
GALLEY
Push the GALLEY button to turn the water heater on and off.
LAVATORY
Push the LAVATORY button to turn the lavatory water heater on and off.
WATER TANK LEVEL
The Water Level display shows the fluid level of the tank as one of the following values:
Full
3/4 Full
1/2 Full
1/4 Full
Low
Empty.
In case of a loss of signal, the tank graphic shows the last known level and the water level
value will change to dashes.
3-8
TANK, PURGE
Push the TANK PURGE button to purge the water system tank.
LINE, PURGE
Push LINE PURGE button to purge the water system line. (This button is optional in Version
6.3.)
ARE YOU SURE YOU

WANT TO PURGE?
Pop-Up Screen
Push the YES screen to start the requested purge.

Push the NO button, if you want to cancel the requested purge.
Push the X button, if you want to return to the WATER menu screen.
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-4. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Water Menu (Sheet 1 of 2)
3-9
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-4. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Water Menu (Sheet 2 of 2)
3-10
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-5. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Galley Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
GALLEY
Refer to Figure 3-5. Use the GALLEY screens to turn the CES controlled lights,
galley exhaust fan, and entry heater on and off. Galley appliances with local on/off
controls are not controlled by this screen.
LIGHTS (Option)
EFFECT LIGHTS
Push the EFFECT button to turn the galley effect lights between OFF, DIM, and
BRT (Bright).
ENTRY
Push the ENTRY button to turn the galley entry lights between OFF, DIM, and BRT.
ACCENT LIGHTS
Push the ACCENT button to turn the galley accent lights between OFF, DIM, and
BRT.
POWER
GALLEY EXHAUST
Push the GALLEY EXHAUST button to turn the galley exhaust fan on and off.
ENTRY HEATER
Push the ENTRY HEATER button to turn the entry heater fan on and off.
3-11
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-5. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Galley Menu
3-12
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-6. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Lights Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
LIGHTS
Refer to Figure 3-6. Use the LIGHTS screen to control the lighting by cabin zones (FORWARD, AFT, OTHER, and LAVATORY), and by predefined (quickset) lighting/shading
modes. The controls for each light zone are described below.
Lighting Configuration Options
The screens show baseline and optional installations. Lighting configurations are as follows:
Baseline: WASH/MISCELLANEOUS Tabs, white only lights
Option 1: FWD/AFT/MISCELLANEOUS Tabs, white only lights
Option 2: WASH/MISCELLANEOUS Tabs, select color of lighting (Not available in
Version 6.3.)
WASH Tab (Baseline and

Option 2)
CABIN UPPER
BRIGHTNESS
Option 3: FWD/AFT/MISCELLANEOUS Tabs, select color of lighting. (Not available

in Version 6.3.)
Push the WASH tab to show the WASH sub-screen. The WASH sub-screen is described
below.
Push the OFF button to turn off the upper wash lights.
Push the CABIN UPPER BRIGHTNESS arrow buttons. Plus (+) raises and a minus (-)
lowers the forward upper lights from 0 to 10.
Use the LINK button to control the upper and lower wash lights at the same time. Refer
to the CABIN BRIGHTNESS, below.
CABIN LOWER
BRIGHTNESS
Push the OFF button to turn off the lower wash lights.
ALL ON
Push the ALL ON button to turn on the upper and lower wash lights, at the same time.
ALL OFF
Push the ALL OFF button to turn off the upper and lower wash lights, at the same time.
FWD Tab
FWD UPPER
BRIGHTNESS
Push the CABIN LOWER BRIGHTNESS arrow buttons to adjust the lighting level. Plus
(+) raises and the minus (-) lowers the forward upper lights from 0 to 10.
Push the Forward (FWD) tab to show the FWD sub-screen. Operation of the FORWARD
LIGHTS sub-screen controls follow.
Push the OFF button to turn off the forward upper lights.
Push the FORWARD UPPER BRIGHTNESS arrow buttons to adjust the lighting level.
Plus (+) raises and the minus (-) lowers the forward upper lights from 0 to 10.
Push the LINK button to control the FWD upper and the FWD lower lights, at the same
time.
FWD LOWER
BRIGHTNESS
Push the OFF button to turn off the forward lower lights.
ALL ON
Push the ALL ON button to turn all the forward wash lights on.
ALL OFF
Push the ALL OFF to turn all the forward wash lights off.
AFT Tab
Push the FORWARD LOWER BRIGHTNESS arrow buttons to adjust the lighting level.
Plus (+) raises and the minus (-) lowers the forward lower lights from 0 to 10.
Push the AFT tab to show the AFT sub-screen. The AFT lights sub-screen is described
below.
3-13
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-6. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Lights Menu. - Continued
CONTROL/DISPLAY
AFT UPPER
BRIGHTNESS
Push the OFF button to turn off the aft upper lights.
Push the AFT UPPER BRIGHTNESS arrow buttons to adjust the lighting level. Plus (+)
raises and the minus (-) lowers the forward lower lights from 0 to 10.
Push the LINK button to control the AFT upper and AFT lower lights at the same time.
AFT LOWER
BRIGHTNESS
Push the OFF button to turn off the aft lower lights.
ALL ON
Push the ALL ON button to turn all the aft wash lights on.
ALL OFF
Push the ALL OFF button to turn all the aft wash lights off.
MISCELLANEOUS Tab
(WASH/MISCELLANEOUS Layout)
Push the AFT LOWER BRIGHTNESS arrow buttons to adjust the lighting level. Plus
(+) raises and the minus (-) lowers the forward lower lights from 0 to 10.
Push the MISCELLANEOUS tab to show the MISCELLANEOUS sub-screen. Use the miscellaneous lights sub-screen to control the accent lights, the entry light, the reading lights,
and the table lights.
SET CABIN
ACCENT LIGHTS
Push the FLOOR button to turn the floor accent lights to ON or OFF.
SET LAVATORY
LIGHTS
Push the DOME button to turn the lavatory dome light ON or OFF.
Push the 3RD ROW button to turn the 3rd row accent lights to BRT, DIM, or OFF.
Push the ACCENT button to turn the lavatory accent lights ON or OFF.
Push the MIRROR button to turn the lavatory mirror lights ON or OFF.
SET BAGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHTS
Push the DOME button to turn the baggage dome lights ON or OFF.
SET ALL READING

LIGHTS
Push the ON or OFF button to turn all of the reading lights on or off.
SET ALL TABLE

LIGHTS
Push the ON or OFF button to turn all of the table lights on or off.
MISCELLANEOUS Tab
(FWD/AFT/MISCELLANEOUS Layout)
SET CABIN
ACCENT LIGHTS
Push the MISCELLANEOUS tab to show the MISCELLANEOUS sub-screen. Use the miscellaneous lights sub-screen to control the accent lights, the entry light, the reading lights,
and the table lights.
Push the FWD 3RD ROW button to turn the FWD 3rd row accent lights to BRT, DIM,
or OFF.
Push the AFT 3RD ROW button to turn the AFT 3rd row accent lights to BRT, DIM, or
OFF.
Push the FWD FLOOR button to turn the FWD floor accent lights ON or OFF.
Push the AFT FLOOR button to turn the AFT floor accent lights ON or OFF.
SET LAVATORY
LIGHTS
Push the DOME button to turn the lavatory dome light ON or OFF.
Push the ACCENT button to turn the lavatory accent lights ON or OFF.
Push the MIRROR button to turn the lavatory mirror lights ON or OFF.
3-14
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-6. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Lights Menu. - Continued
CONTROL/DISPLAY
SET BAGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHTS
Push the DOME button to turn the baggage dome lights ON or OFF.
SET ALL READING

LIGHTS
Push the ON or OFF button to turn all of the reading lights on or off.
SET ALL TABLE

LIGHTS
Push the ON or OFF button to turn all of the table lights on or off.
3-15
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-6. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Lights Menu (Sheet 1 of 3)
3-16
operation
523-0808269
3-17
operation
523-0808269
3-18
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-7. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Shades Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
SHADES
Refer to Figure 3-7. The SHADES screen is used to raise and lower the cabin shades.
ADJUST CABIN
SHADES (LEFT/RIGHT)
Push the RIGHT button to select the shades located on the right side of the airplane cabin.
Push the LEFT button to select the shades located on the left side of the airplane cabin.
ADJUST CABIN
SHADES (FWD AND
AFT LAYOUT)
Push the FWD button to select the shades located in the fwd part of the airplane cabin.
Push the AFT button to select the shades located in the aft part of the airplane cabin.
SET SHADES
Push the UP button to open the shades in the selected zone.

Push the DOWN button to close the shades in the selected zone.
3-19
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-7. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Shades Menu
3-20
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-8. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Preset Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
PRESETS MENU
Refer to Figure 3-8. The PRESETS screen is used to access the system preset controls. The
system preset controls listed below allow the operator to quickly configure multiple cabin
controls.
POWER UP
Push the DEFAULT button to activate the controls defined by the power up preset configuration.
BOARDING
Push the DAY button to activate the controls defined by day boarding preset configuration.
Push the NIGHT button to activate the controls defined by night boarding preset configuration.
CRUISE
Push the DAY button to activate the controls defined by day cruise preset configuration.
Push the NIGHT button to activate the controls defined by night cruise preset configuration.
MOVIE VIEWING
Push the CABIN button to activate the controls defined by cabin movie viewing preset configuration.
LANDING
Push the LANDING NIGHT button to activate the controls defined by landing night preset
configuration.
3-21
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-8. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Presets Menu
3-22
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-9. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Messages Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
MESSAGES MENU
Refer to Figure 3-9. The Setup Screen is used to access the system preset controls. The
system preset controls listed below allow the operator to quickly configure multiple cabin
controls.
Select Messages
Check the appropriate box to select individual messages.
SELECT ALL
MESSAGES
Push the SELECT ALL button to select all messages shown in the message field.
DELETE SELECTED
MESSAGES
Push the DELETE button to delete all selected messages shown in the message field.
Figure 3-9. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Messages Menu
3-23
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-10. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Settings Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
SETTINGS Page
Refer to Figure 3-10. Push the SETTINGS button in the left-hand column to show the settings page. The settings page is used to control programming selections using a familiar
program guide format and menu icons.
VIDEO Tab
Push the VIDEO tab to show the VIDEO screen.
VIDEO Screen (Refer to

Sheet 3 for Version 6.3.)
To choose either the FWD or AFT BULKHEAD MONITOR pop-up menu, push the related
SELECT button.
Upon return from the pop-up menu, push the POWER button to turn the forward bulkhead
monitor on or off.
Push the CABIN VOLUME + (plus) or - (minus) arrow buttons to raise or lower the volume.
Push the MUTE button to turn the sound off. Push it again to turn the sound on.
FWD BULKHEAD
MONITOR VIDEO
Pop-up Menu
Menu options include:

SAT TV
DVD (earlier versions than 6.3) or DVD/CD (Version 6.3 Only)
CAMERA
AIRSHOW
CABIN PORT.
Push a video source button to select the video sources of that type. Additional selection
options can show when a video source is pushed. For example, push the DVD button and
DVD1 shows. Push the DVD button again and DVD2 shows. Each time the DVD button is
pushed, a DVD menu shows, one for DVD1, and another for DVD2.
Push the X button to return to the VIDEO sub-screen.
AFT BULKHEAD
MONITOR Pop-up
Menu

SAT TV
DVD (earlier versions than 6.3) or DVD/CD (Version 6.3 Only)
CAMERA
AIRSHOW
CABIN PORTS.
Push a video source button to select the video sources of that type. Additional selection
options can show when a video source is pushed. For example, push the DVD button, and
DVD1 shows. Push the DVD button again and DVD2 shows. Each time the DVD button is
pushed, a DVD menu shows, one for DVD1, and another for DVD2.
Push the X button to return to the VIDEO sub-screen.
AUDIO Tab
3-24
Push the AUDIO tab to show the AUDIO screen.
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-10. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Settings Menu. - Continued
CONTROL/DISPLAY
AUDIO Screen (Refer to
Sheet 3 for Version 6.3.)
CABIN SPEAKER
AUDIO Pop-up
Screen
For choice of audio sources, push the CABIN SPEAKER AUDIO SELECT button. CABIN
SPEAKER AUDIO pop-up menu shows.
Upon return from the pop-up screen, you can do the following:
Push the left or right arrow button to adjust the CABIN BALANCE audio.
Push the Dynamic Range Compression (DRC) button to apply a DRC effect.
Push one of the SELECT EQUALIZER PRESET buttons to choose one of the options that
follow: ROCK, COUNTRY, CLASSICAL, THEATER, CUSTOM 1, or CUSTOM 2.
Push the CABIN VOLUME + (plus) or - (minus) arrow buttons to raise or lower the volume.
Push the MUTE button to turn the sound off. Push it again to turn the sound on.
FROM MONITOR
FROM CD
FROM CD CHANGER
FROM CABIN PORT
XM RADIO. (Version 6.3)
Push an audio source button to select the audio sources of that type. Additional selection
options can show when an audio source is pushed. For example, push the CD button, and
CD1 shows. Push the CD button again and CD2 shows. Each time the CD button is pushed,
a CD menu shows, one for CD1, and another for CD2.
Push the X button to return to the AUDIO screen.
3-25
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-10. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Settings Menu (Sheet 1 of 3)
3-26
operation
523-0808269
3-27
operation
523-0808269
3-28
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-11. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Satellite TV Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
SAT TV MENU
To show the ENTERTAINMENT screen, push the ENTERTAINMENT tab on any of the
following touch screens:
Galley
Master Seat
Passenger Seat.
Refer to Figure 3-11. Push the SAT TV button in the left-hand column to show the SAT
TV screen. The SAT TV screen is used to control programming selections using a familiar
program guide format and menu icons.
SELECT SAT TV
RECEIVER
Push the SAT TV button, next to the receiver number window, to move between the two
possible satellite TV receivers.
GUIDE
Push the GUIDE button to show the on-screen program guide.
MENU
Push the MENU button to show the program guide menu.
PAGE UP
Push the PAGE UP button to select the next page of the program guide.
PAGE DOWN
Push the PAGE DOWN button to select the previous page of the program guide.
Arrow Buttons
Push the up, down, left or right arrow button control to move the cursor one step on the
on-screen menu.
ENTER
Push the ENTER button to select the highlighted function on the menu.
FWD MON
Push the FWD MON button to turn the forward bulkhead monitor on or off for movie viewing.
AFT MON
Push the AFT MON button to turn the aft bulkhead monitor on or off for movie viewing.
SPEAKERS
(Not Available in Version
6.3.)
Push the SPEAKERS button to show the CABIN SPEAKER AUDIO pop-up screen. Select
the source of audio from the buttons on the screen. The selection shows in the window
below the CABIN SPEAKER AUDIO label.
CABIN VOLUME
Push the up (+) or down (-) arrow button to adjust the volume of the cabin speakers.
MUTE
KEYPAD
NUMERIC
BUTTONS
Push the MUTE button to set the cabin speakers off.

Push the KEYPAD button to show the numeric pad pop-up screen for the SAT TV.
Push the numeric buttons as required to set the desired SAT TV channel. The pop-up screen
closes when the channel number is selected.
Push the X button to close the SAT TV KEYPAD screen.
3-29
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-11. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Satellite TV Menu (Sheet 1 of 2)
3-30
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-11. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Satellite TV Menu (Sheet 2 of 2)
3-31
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-12. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, DVD/CD Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
DVD/CD
3-32
Refer to Figure 3-12. Use the DVD/CD screen to control the installed DVD/CD players.
Single or multiple DVD/CD players may be available. This system has play, pause, stop,
reverse, and fast forward controls. The video can be viewed on any bulkhead monitor by
touching the corresponding control. The menu controls navigation through a DVD/CD menu
screen. Depending on the airplane installation, Entertainment DVD/CD control screens are
available on the galley touch screen and the master seat touch screens.
DVD/CD PLAYER
Push the DVD/CD PLAYER button to move between DVD/CD player #1 and the optional
DVD/CD player #2.
DISC
The DISC window shows the disc type selected.
PLAY
Push the PLAY button to start the DVD or CD.
PAUSE
Push the PAUSE button to pause the DVD or CD.
STOP
Push the STOP button to stop the DVD or CD.
REWIND
Push the REWIND button to rewind the DVD or CD.
FAST FORWARD
Push the FAST FORWARD button to fast forward the DVD or CD.
SKIP TO PREVIOUS
TRACK
Push the SKIP TO PREVIOUS TRACK button to select the previous track on the CD
or DVD.
SKIP TO NEXT TRACK
Push the SKIP TO NEXT TRACK button to select the next track on the CD or DVD.
MENU
Push the MENU button to view the DVD menu video selections.
LETTERBOX
Push the LETTERBOX button to view the DVD in letter box format. (Not available in
Version 6.3.)
FULL SCREEN
Push the FULL SCREEN button to view the DVD in full screen format. (Not available in
Version 6.3.)
FWD MON
Push the FWD MON button to turn the forward bulkhead monitor on and off for movie
viewing.
AFT MON
Push the AFT MON button to turn the aft bulkhead monitor on and off for movie viewing.
SPEAKERS
Push the SPEAKERS button to turn the cabin speakers on and off. (Not available in
Version 6.3.)
CABIN VOLUME
Push the (up) or (down) arrow button to adjust the volume of the cabin speakers.
Push the MUTE button to set the cabin speakers to OFF.
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-12. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, DVD/CD Menu (Sheet 1 of 2)
3-33
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-12. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, DVD/CD Menu (Sheet 2 of 2)
3-34
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-13. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, XM Radio Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
XM RADIO MENU
XM RADIO
SELECT CATEGORY
Refer to Figure 3-13. Use this display to select which XM RADIO the system uses.
Push the XM RADIO button repeatedly to select an available receivers. The selected receiver number with a signal strength indication appears in the field to the right of the button.
Use this display to select an XM Radio channel category.
CATEGORY
Refer to Figure 3-13, Sheet 2. Push the CATEGORY button to show the XM RADIO CATEGORIES pop-up menu.
Push one of the CATEGORY buttons to choose an XM Radio category. The available channels in that category will show in the XM RADIO sub-screen. The selected category shows
next to the CATEGORY button.
Push the X button to return to the XM RADIO sub-screen.
AVAILABLE CHANNELS
The available XM radio channels show on the XM RADIO sub-screen in the AVAILABLE
CHANNELS field. The details about each channel, follow:
Channel Number (CH #)
ARTIST
TITLE
Channel Name (CH NAME)
CATEGORY.
CURRENT SELECTION
The CURRENT SELECTION field shows which channel the XM Radio is tuned to.
KEYPAD
Refer to Figure 3-13, Sheet 3. Push the KEYPAD button to show the XM RADIO keypad
pop-up menu.
On the XM RADIO KEYPAD pop-up menu, use the keypad to enter an XM radio channel.
SPEAKERS
Push the SPEAKERS button to show the CABIN SPEAKERS pop-up menu.
On the CABIN SPEAKERS pop-up menu, touch FWD or AFT to send audio to the forward
or aft cabin speakers.
PAGE UP
Push PG UP to scroll up a page in the available channels field.
PAGE DOWN
Push the PG DN button to scroll down a page in the available channels field.
ENTER
Push the ENTER button to play the channel shown in the focus indicator in the current selection field.
Push the up arrow or the down arrow to move the channel focus indicator up or down through
the song list in the available channels field.
PRESETS
The PRESETS buttons set and select pre-assigned XM Radio channels.
PRESET CHANNELS
Push 1 through 6 buttons to recall a preset XM Radio channel.
MEMORY
Push the MEMORY button and then a numbered preset button (1 through 6), to set an XM
Radio preset.
CABIN VOLUME
Push the MUTE button to set the cabin speakers to off.
3-35
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-13. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, XM Radio (Sheet 1 of 3)
3-36
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-14. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, CD Changer Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
CD CHANGER MENU
Refer to Figure 3-14. The CD CHANGER screen is used to browse among the different CD
audio choices using track and CD changer controls. The familiar play, pause, stop, rewind,
and forward controls are available on this screen. The CD audio can be output through the
forward and/or aft cabin speakers.
PLAY CONTROLS
PLAY
Push the PLAY button to start playing the CD.
PAUSE
Push the PAUSE button to pause playing the CD.
STOP
Push the STOP button to stop playing the CD.
REWIND
Push the REWIND button to fast reverse the CD.
FAST FORWARD
Push the FAST FORWARD button to fast forward the CD.
SKIP TO PREVIOUS
TRACK
Push the SKIP TO PREVIOUS TRACK button to go to the previous track on the CD.
SKIP TO NEXT TRACK
Push the SKIP TO NEXT TRACK button to go to the next track on the CD.
CHANGE CD
PREVIOUS
Push the CHANGE CD PREVIOUS button to go to the previous CD.
NEXT
Push CHANGE CD NEXT button to go to the next CD.
3-37
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-14. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, CD Changer Menu. - Continued
CONTROL/DISPLAY
SPEAKERS
Push SPEAKERS button to hear the audio through the cabin speakers.
CABIN VOLUME
3-38
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-14. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, CD Changer Menu
3-39
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-15. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Camera Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
CAMERA MENU
Refer to Figure 3-15. The CAMERA screens are used to select a camera, select a viewing monitor, and to zoom-control the camera image.
SELECT MONITORS TO VIEW

FWD MON
Push the FWD MON button to view the camera on the forward cabin monitors.
AFT MON
Push the AFT MON button to view the camera on the aft cabin monitors.
CABIN VOLUME
3-40
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-15. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Camera Menu
3-41
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-16. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Carry-On Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
CARRY-ON MENU
Refer to Figure 3-16. The CARRY-ON screens are used to integrate an audio or video
source into the CES.
CABIN PORT
Push the SELECT button to view material from a laptop, game system, or other portable
devices on the monitors.
FWD MON
Push the FWD MON button to view the camera on the forward cabin monitors.
AFT MON
Push the AFT MON button to view the camera on the aft cabin monitors.
SPEAKERS
Push the SPEAKERS button to hear the audio through the cabin speakers. (Video
Screen not available in Version 6.3.)
CABIN VOLUME
3-42
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-16. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Carry-On Menu (Sheet 1 of 2)
3-43
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-16. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Carry-On Menu (Sheet 2 of 2)
3-44
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-17. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Messages Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
MESSAGES MENU
Refer to Figure 3-17. The MESSAGES MENU screen is used to select and view all
system messages.
SELECT ALL MESSAGES
Push the SELECT ALL button to highlight all messages shown in the message field.
DELETE SELECTED
MESSAGES
Push the DELETE button to delete all selected messages shown in the message field.
Figure 3-17. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Messages Menu
3-45
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-18. Touch Screen Equipment, Airshow Category, Home Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
AIRSHOW MENU
Refer to Figure 3-18. The AIRSHOW screens provide the passenger with flight information.
The available screens are as follows:
HOME
MAPS
YOUR FLIGHT
YOUR DESTINATION
AIRSHOW NETWORK
WORLD GUIDE
AUTO PLAY.
HOME
The HOME page contains the three information panels that follow:
FLIGHT STATUS
YOUR DESTINATION
AIRSHOW NETWORK.
The FLIGHT STATUS frame shows times, speeds, or distances related to the flight at three
at a time. The BACK and MORE buttons show the next or previous three FLIGHT STATUS
items.The YOUR DESTINATION frame shows the following information, if it is available:
Current high and low temperatures
Local time
Estimated time of arrival
Extended forecast.
The AIRSHOW NETWORK frame shows news headlines.
NOTE
The YOUR DESTINATION and AIRSHOW NETWORK features require a subscription to the Airshow Network service, and a connection to the airplane telephone system.
MAPS
The MAPS page contains the two information panels that follow:
Flight specific views
Interactive views.
In the Flight Specific Views panel, select a map of interest to show a larger version. The
AUTOPLAY button shows all available maps repeatedly.
YOUR FLIGHT
The YOUR FLIGHT page shows information about FLIGHT STATUS and FLIGHT INFORMATION.
YOUR DESTINATION
The YOUR DESTINATION page shows detailed data on the destination city. This data falls
under five tabs: OVERVIEW, SLIDESHOW, HISTORY, STATS, and MAP.
NOTE
This feature requires the purchase of the World Explorer with Lonely Planet content.
3-46
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-18. Touch Screen Equipment, Airshow Category, Home Menu. - Continued
CONTROL/DISPLAY
AIRSHOW NETWORK
The AIRSHOW NETWORK page shows current news, sports, weather, and other information available from the network content providers.
NOTE
The AIRSHOW NETWORK requires a subscription to the Airshow Network service,
and a connection to the airplane telephone system.
WORLD GUIDE
The WORLD GUIDE page is a quick Points Of Interest (POI) reference data. This data falls
under five tabs:
OVERVIEW
SLIDESHOW
HISTORY
STATS
MAP.
NOTE
This feature requires the purchase of the World Explorer with Lonely Planet content.
AUTO PLAY
The AUTO PLAY tab shows all available maps repeatedly.
3-47
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-18. Touch Screen Equipment, Airshow Category, Menu (Sheet 1 of 3)
3-48
operation
523-0808269
3-49
operation
523-0808269
3-50
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-19. Touch Screen Equipment, Airborne Office Category, Settings and Messages.
CONTROL/DISPLAY
AIRBORNE OFFICE MENU
OFF AIRCRAFT
COMMUNICATION
Refer to Figure 3-19. The AIRBORNE OFFICE screen provides the passenger with a similar
level of functionality as is found in the modern office environment. This includes controls
for establishing a high speed datalink (e.g., Off airplane Communication) and for showing
a PC screen on the bulkhead monitors. The AIRBORNE OFFICE screen also provides an
at-a-glance view of the current status of office equipment and high speed datalink.
Push the OFF AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION button to switch the off aircraft communication through the high-speed datalink, between ENABLED and DISABLED. The status
shows in the STATUS display as one of the messages that follows:
DISABLED
CONNECTED
DISCONNECTED
FAIL
NOT READY.
SHOW PC VIEW ON
CABIN MONITOR, FWD
MON
Push the FWD MON button to view screen data (from the connected laptop) on the forward
bulkhead cabin monitor. There are two preassigned VGA locations for laptop connection.
The laptop screen data can only be viewed on the monitor connected to that location.
SHOW PC VIEW ON
CABIN MONITOR, AFT
MON
Push the AFT MON button to view screen data (from the connected laptop) on the aft bulkhead cabin monitor. There are two preassigned VGA locations for laptop connection. The
laptop screen data can only be viewed on the monitor connected to that location.
Figure 3-19. Touch Screen Equipment, Airborne Office Category, Settings and Messages (Sheet 1 of 3)
3-51
operation
523-0808269
3-52
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-20. 3.8-inch Touch Screens, Cabin Category, Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
LIGHTS
Refer to Figure 3-20. The LIGHTS menu supplies controls to adjust brightness for the cabin
upper and lower lights. Controls are also supplied to turn those lights on or off. Selected
settings are supplied to control the cabin accent lights and wash lights. The VIP can also
select the cabin lights settings to view movies in the cabin.
These light menus are for the optional FWD and AFT lights configuration. The shades
menu is for the left/right configuration. Refer to Table 3-6 for the baseline and optional
configurations.
FWD/AFT
Push the FWD or AFT tab to adjust the forward or aft cabin upper brightness and cabin
lower brightness.
CABIN UPPER
BRIGHTNESS
Push the up (+) or down (-) arrow button to turn on the cabin upper lights.
Push the up (+) or down (-) arrow button as needed to adjust the brightness of the cabin
upper lights.
Push the OFF button to turn off these lights.
CABIN LOWER
BRIGHTNESS
Push the up (+) or down (-) arrow button to turn on the cabin lower lights.
Push the up (+) or down (-) button as needed to adjust the brightness of the cabin lower
lights.
Push the OFF button to turn off these lights.
MISC. Tab
OTHER Tab (Version 6.3)
Use the MISC.Tab or OTHER tab to:

Adjust the brightness of the cabin accent lights
Turn on/turn off the wash lights
Select the cabin lights settings for viewing movies in the cabin.
SELECT CABIN
ACCENT LIGHTS
Push the 3rd ROW button as needed to control the settings for the cabin lights in the third
row.
Push the FLOOR button as needed to control the settings for the cabin floor lights.
SET MOVIE
VIEWING PRESETS
Push the FWD button to select movie viewing preset configuration for the forward cabin.
Push the AFT button to select movie viewing preset configuration for the aft cabin.
SHADES
SET SHADES
TEMP
CABIN
TEMPERATURE
Push the SHADES button to access the Shades menu. Use the controls shown in the Shades
menu to move the shades up or down in selected cabin zones. Refer to Table 3-7 for the
optional configurations of the cabin window shade controls.
Push the LEFT UP or RIGHT UP button to open the shades in the selected zone.
Push the LEFT DOWN or RIGHT DOWN button to close the shades in the selected zone.
Push the FWD UP or AFT UP button to open the shades in the selected zone. (Version 6.3)
Push the FWD DOWN or AFT DOWN button to close the shades in the selected zone.
(Version 6.3)
Push the TEMP button to access the TEMP menu. The TEMP menu supplies the VIP with
control of the cabin temperature.
Push COLDER (-) arrow button to decrease or WARMER (+) arrow button to increase the
temperature of the cabin.
NOTE
The flight crew has the ability to deactivate this function and control it from the cockpit.
3-53
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-20. 3.8-inch Touch Screens, Cabin Category, Menu (Sheet 1 of 4)
3-54
operation
523-0808269
3-55
operation
523-0808269
3-56
operation
523-0808269
3-57
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-21. 3.8-inch Touch Screens, Source Select Category, Menu.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
HEADSET
Refer to Figure 3-21. The HEADSET menu supplies controls to select the
headset audio source, and to adjust the headset volume, balance, treble, and
bass settings.
VOLUME/SOURCE
The HEADSET VOL/SRC tab supplies controls to select an audio source, and
to adjust the headset volume for that source.
HEADSET VOLUME
Push the up (+) and down (-) arrow button as needed to adjust the headset
volume level.
AUDIO SOURCE
Push the left or right arrow button to scroll through the available audio sources.
The available audio source buttons can include the MONITOR, CD, PORTS
(carry-on entertainment port equipment), XM RADIO, and the CD CHNGR
(CD Changer). The selected audio source shows in the box located between
the left and right arrow buttons.
MUTE
Push the MUTE button to silence the headset audio.

Push the MUTE button again to resume headset audio.
SETTINGS
Use the SETTINGS tab controls to adjust the headset balance, treble, and bass
functions for the selected audio source. A dynamic range compression effect
can also be selected from this menu.
HEADSET BALANCE
Push the up (+) or down (-) arrows as needed to adjust the headset balance
setting.
HEADSET TREBLE
Push the up (+) or down (-) arrows as needed to adjust the headset treble
setting.
HEADSET BASS
Push the up (+) or down (-) arrows as needed to adjust the headset bass setting.
DRC
Push the DRC button to apply a dynamic range compression effect. The DRC
button shows as a depressed button when the dynamic range compression
effect is enabled. The DRC button returns to its normal appearance when the
dynamic range compression effect is not in use.
Push the AUDIO button to gain access to the AUDIO menu. The AUDIO
menu provides control of the speakers that are located in the forward or aft
audio zones. The AUDIO VOL/SRC tab supplies controls to select an audio
source, and to adjust the speaker volume for that source.
AUDIO
VOLUME/SOURCE
3-58
Use the HEADSET VOL/SRC tab controls to select an audio source, and to
adjust the speakers volume for that source.
CABIN VOLUME
Push the up (+) or down (-) arrow as needed to adjust the cabin volume level.
AUDIO SOURCE
Push the left or right arrow button to scroll the available audio source selections
for the audio source. The available audio sources can include the MONITOR,
CD, PORTS (carry-on entertainment port equipment), XM RADIO, and the CD
CHNGR (CD Changer). The selected audio source shows in the box located
between the left and right arrow buttons.
MUTE
Push the MUTE button to silence the headset audio.

Push the MUTE button again to resume headset audio.
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-21. 3.8-inch Touch Screens, Source Select Category, Menu. - Continued
CONTROL/DISPLAY
SETTINGS
Use the SETTINGS tab controls to adjust the speakers balance, treble, and bass
functions for the selected audio source. A dynamic range compression effect
can also be selected from this menu.
BALANCE
Push the up (+) or down (-) arrows as needed to adjust the speakers balance
setting.
EQUALIZER PRESETS
Set the speaker BALANCE setting for the music category that is currently
selected for the speaker audio output. Push the appropriate button from the
EQUALIZER PRESETS menu to preset the speaker BALANCE setting for
that music category.
DRC
Push the DRC button to apply a dynamic range compression effect. The
MUTE button shows as a depressed button when the mute function is enabled.
The DRC button returns to its normal appearance when the dynamic range
compression effect is not in use.
VIDEO
Push the VIDEO button to gain access to the VIDEO menu. The VIDEO menu
provides control of the monitors that are located in the forward or aft video
zones.
FWD/AFT
Push the FWD or AFT tab to gain access to the FWD or AFT video source
selection menu. The menu provides control of the video source for monitors
that are located in the forward or aft video zones.
POWER
Push the POWER button to turn the FWD or AFT bulkhead monitor ON or
OFF.
3-59
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-21. 3.8-inch Touch Screens, Source Select Category, Menus (Sheet 1 of 3)
3-60
operation
523-0808269
3-61
operation
523-0808269
3-62
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-22. Pronto Remote.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
Refer to Figure 3-22. The Pronto Remote is a tethered handheld unit that is used
to control local content categories. The remote provides a subset of the content
categories that are available on the touch screens. The available content categories
vary depending upon where the remote is connected.
INACTIVE CONTROLS
The PRONTO is intended for use as a touch screen device. Many of the controls
shown in Figure 3-22 are not used. They are shown for the convenience of the
reader. Some of these controls may duplicate touch screen operations.
TOUCH SCREENS
Refer to Table 3-24 for the touch screens available on the PRONTO.
3-63
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-22. Pronto Remote
3-64
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-23. Wireless Passenger Control Unit.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
Refer to Figure 3-23. The optional Wireless Personal Computer Unit (WPCU)
replaces the baseline Pronto Remote. The WPCU uses a wireless Local Area
Network (LAN) connectivity to provide personalized control of the local seat environment. The WPCU requires the installation of the Wireless LAN Unit (WLU)
and the Ethernet Switch Equipment (ESE). The WPCU supplies input from the
cabin system. The WPCU provides controls for the cabin entertainment source
selection and entertainment source control.
NOTE
The WPCU has control buttons on the unit. These do not function with the
CES. The WPCU is programmed as a touch screen device.
CONTROLS
The WPCU utilizes a touchscreen to navigate through the available screens.

These screens are similar to the screens shown on other touch screen devices.
Refer to Table 3-24 for the touch screens available on the WPCU.
3-65
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-23. Wireless Passenger Control Unit
3-66
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-24. Pronto Remote/Wireless Passenger Control Unit, Categories and Menus.
CONTROL/DISPLAY
PRONTO REMOTE/WPCU
Refer to Figure 3-24. The Pronto Remote/WPCU provides wireless controls of the
entire cabin.
CABIN CATEGORY
Push the CABIN button to show the cabin category. The cabin category provides select
controls throughout the cabin. The cabin category is divided into sub-category menus.
Select a sub-category menu by pressing the sub-category menu button on the cabin
category main menu, or from a sub-category menu by selecting the LEFT or RIGHT
arrows in the sub-category selection at the top of the screen.
CABIN>LIGHTS
Push the LIGHTS button at the top of the CABIN CATEGORY menu to show the
LIGHTS sub-category menu. Use the LIGHTS menu to make adjustments to the lighting throughout the cabin. Lights menus shown are for both the baseline and optional
configurations.
Lighting Configurations
Lighting configurations are as follows:

Baseline: White only wash lights, no FWD/AFT
Option 1: White only wash lights, FWD and AFT split cabin
Option 2: Color wash lights, no FWD/AFT
Option 3: Color wash lights, FWD and AFT split cabin.
Figure 3-24 shows lighting Baseline, Option 2, and Option 3 configurations.
LIGHTS>WASH
Push the DOWN or UP arrow in the CABIN UPPER BRIGHTNESS area to adjust
the brightness of the cabin upper cabin lights. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 2 for the
baseline touch screen.
Push the OFF button in the CABIN UPPER BRIGHTNESS area to turn off the cabin
upper cabin lights.
Push the COLOR button to show the SELECT WASH LIGHT COLOR pop-up screen.
Push a button on the pop-up screen to choose a wash light color.
Push controls in the CABIN LOWER BRIGHTNESS area are similar to the controls
in the CABIN UPPER BRIGHTNESS area.
LIGHTS>FWD
Push the FWD tab. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 3.

Push the DOWN or UP arrow in the FWD UPPER BRIGHTNESS area to adjust the
brightness of the forward upper cabin lights.
Push the OFF button in the FWD UPPER BRIGHTNESS area to turn off the forward
upper cabin lights.
Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 2.
The controls in the FWD LOWER BRIGHTNESS area are similar to the controls in
the FWD UPPER BRIGHTNESS area.
3-67
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-24. Pronto Remote/Wireless Passenger Control Unit, Categories and Menus. - Continued
CONTROL/DISPLAY
LIGHTS>AFT
Push the AFT tab. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 4.

Push the DOWN or UP arrow in the AFT UPPER BRIGHTNESS area to adjust the
brightness of the aft upper cabin lights.
Push the OFF button in the AFT UPPER BRIGHTNESS area to turn off the aft
upper cabin lights.
The controls in the AFT LOWER BRIGHTNESS area are similar to the controls in
the AFT UPPER BRIGHTNESS area.
LIGHTS>MISC
Push the MISC tab. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 3 for the baseline configuration and
Figure 3-24, Sheet 5 for the optional configuration.
Push the 3RD ROW or FLOOR button in the SET ACCENT LIGHTS area to turn the
accent lights ON or OFF.
In the optional configuration there are separate buttons for the accent lights in the
FWD or AFT areas of the cabin.
CABIN>PRESETS
To show the PRESETS menu either:

Push the PRESETS button on the CABIN category main menu, or
Push one of the LEFT or RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of a sub-category menu.
Use the presets menu to make cabin lighting configuration selections throughout the
cabin.
PRESETS MENU
CABIN>SHADES
SHADES MENU
CABIN>TEMP
ADJUST CABIN
TEMPERATURE
3-68
Push the DAY button to start the day cruise cabin preset configuration. The button will
light.
Push the NIGHT button to start the night cruise cabin preset configuration. The DAY
button will go off, and the NIGHT button will come on.
Push the FWD button to activate the fwd movie viewing cabin preset configuration.
The FWD button will come on.
Push the AFT button to activate the aft movie viewing cabin preset configuration. The
AFT button will come on.
Push the SHADES button on the CABIN category main menu: The SHADES menu
shows. Or, push the LEFT or RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of a sub-category menu,
until the desired SHADES SELECT ZONE(S) screen (left and right, or fwd and aft)
shows.
Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 6. To set the shades, do the procedure that follows:
1.
To select a zone, push a zone button (LEFT/RIGHT or FWD/AFT).
2.
Push the UP or DOWN to set the cabin shades.
Push the TEMP button on the CABIN category main menu or push the LEFT or RIGHT
arrow buttons at the top of a sub-category menu at the top of a sub-category menu to
show the TEMP menu. Use the TEMP menu to adjust the temperature of the cabin.
Push the DOWN arrow to decrease the temperature or the UP arrow to increase the
temperature. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 7.
This control may be locked out by the cockpit control.
operation
523-0808269
CONTROL/DISPLAY
A/V CATEGORY
The Audio/Video (A/V) category selects entertainment sources. The A/V category is
divided into sub-category menus. Select a menu by pressing the menu button on the A/V
category main menu or by selecting the LEFT or RIGHT arrows in the sub-category
selection at the top of a sub-category menu. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 8.
A/V>SAT TV MENU
Push the SAT TV on the A/V category main menu or touch the LEFT or RIGHT arrow
buttons at the top of a sub-category menu to show the SAT TV menu.
Use the SAT TV menu to choose an entertainment source.
SAT TV>SELECT
Push the SELECT tab.

Push the SAT TV button repeatedly for the available receiver selections. The selected
receiver number will appear in the box to the immediate right of the button.
Push the FWD or AFT button to show SAT TV on the FWD or AFT monitor.
Push- the SPEAKERS button to play SAT TV audio over the cabin speakers.
SAT TV>MENU
Push the MENU tab. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 9.

Push the GUIDE button to see the related guide on the bulkhead monitor.
Select the necessary GUIDE button.
Push the page down or page up button to page down or up through the guide.
Push the MENU button to show the corresponding menu.
Push the UP arrow, LEFT arrow, RIGHT arrow, or DOWN arrow button to navigate
through the menu or guide.
Put the focus over the desired program or item.
Push the ENTER button to select a program or item on the menu or guide.
SAT TV>KEYPAD
Push the KEYPAD tab. The keypad gives a short cut to directly enter the channel number and bypass the guide, if the channel number is known.
Enter the number for a desired channel to select that channel.
A/V>DVD/CD MENU
Push the DVD/CD on the A/V category main menu, or push the LEFT or RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of a sub-category menu to show the DVD/CD menu. Use the
DVD/CD menu to choose an entertainment source.
DVD/CD>SELECT MENU
Push the SELECT tab. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 10.

Push the DVD/CD button repeatedly for the available DVD/CD player selections. The
selected DVD/CD player number will appear in the box to the immediate right of the
button.
Push the FWD or AFT button to show DVD/CD on the FWD or AFT monitor.
Push the SPEAKERS button to play DVD/CD audio over the cabin speakers.
DVD/CD>MENU
Push the MENU tab.

Push the MENU button to show the corresponding menu.
Push the UP arrow, LEFT arrow, RIGHT arrow, or DOWN arrow button to navigate up
or down through the menus.
Put the focus over the desired item.
Push the ENTER button to select an item on the menu.
DVD/CD>CONTROLS MENU
Push the CONTROLS tab. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 11.

Choose and push the correct button to play, pause, stop, reverse, or fast forward the
DVD/CD.
Push the left skip or right skip button to skip back or forward a chapter.
Push the button under the POWER label to power on or off the DVD/CD player.
3-69
operation
523-0808269
CONTROL/DISPLAY
A/V>CD CHGR MENU
Push the CD CHGR button on the A/V category main menu, or push the LEFT or
RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of a sub-category menu to show the CD CHGR menu.
Use the CD CHGR menu to choose an entertainment source. Refer to Figure 3-24,
Sheet 13.
CD CHGR
Push the play, pause, stop, rewind, or fast forward button to play, stop, reverse, fast
reverse or fast forward the CD.
Push the left SKIP or right SKIP button to skip back or forward a song.
CD CHGR>CHANGE CD
Push the PREVIOUS button to load the previous CD played.

Push the NEXT button to load the next CD available.
Push the SPEAKERS button to hear a CD on the cabin speakers.
A/V>XM MENU
To show the XM menu:

Push the XM RADIO button on the A/V category main menu.
Or, push the LEFT or RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of a sub-category menu.
Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 13.
The XM menu chooses XM Radio channels and shows what is currently playing.
XM Radio channels can be changed manually by selecting:
KEYBOARD
CATEGORY
PRESETS.
3-70
XM>SELECT MENU
Push the SELECT tab.

The CURRENT SELECTION box shows the name and channel number of the current
channel.
Push the XM button repeatedly to select an XM receiver. The selected receiver number
will appear in the box to the immediate right of the button.
Push the SPEAKERS button to hear an XM receiver on the cabin speakers.
XM>MENU
Push the MENU tab. Refer to .

Push the UP arrow or DOWN arrow button to navigate up or down through the song
list. Select the ENTER button to select a channel. The selection will be displayed in
the Current Selection window.
Push the MEMORY button to set a radio preset: make a channel selection. Then push
a numbered preset button, labeled 1-6, to set the channel.
Push a numbered preset button, labeled 1-6, to recall the assigned channel. The preset
channel selection will be displayed in the Current Selection window.
Push the CATEGORY button to show the SELECT CATEGORY pop-up menu. Refer
to .
On the XM Radio Categories pop-up menu, push the desired music category button.
The MORE button will show additional music categories to select.
Push a category button or the X button to return to the XM MAIN MENU.
XM>KEYPAD MENU
Use the keypad as an alternative method for selecting a channel. If the channel is known
in advance, go to the keypad and enter the number for that channel.
Push the KEYPAD tab.
Enter the number for a desired channel to select a channel by number.
operation
523-0808269
CONTROL/DISPLAY
A/V>AIRSHOW MENU
To show the AIRSHOW menu:
Push the AIRSHOW button on the A/V category main menu or push the LEFT RIGHT
arrow buttons at the top of a sub-category menu.
Refer to .
AIRSHOW>MONITOR
SELECTION
Push the FWD MON or AFT MON button to show Airshow on the fwd or aft monitor.
AIRSHOW>AIRSHOW
SELECTION
Push the YOUR FLIGHT button to choose flight mode.

Push the AUTO PLAY button to display the AIRSHOW auto play mode.
Push the MAPS, LOGO, or RLI button to show the AIRSHOW Maps, Logo, or Relative
Location Indicator mode.
Push the HIGH RES, NETWORK, or WEATHER button to show the High Resolution,
Network, or Weather mode.
A/V>CAMERA MENU
CAMERA MENU
To show the CAMERA menu:

Push the CAMERA button on the A/V category main menu.
Or push the LEFT or RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of a sub-category menu.
Refer to .
Push the CAMERA button to select the available cameras.
Push the FWD or AFT button to view the camera on the fwd or aft monitor.
SPEAKER MENU
This menu selects what source plays on which speakers. Refer to . This menu also
sets the balance, selects an equalizer preset, and enablesDynamic Range Compression (DRC).
SPEAKER MENU>AUDIO MENU
Push the AUDIO tab.

The audio speaker menu allows the users to select which audio and video sources will
be played on the cabin speakers.
3-71
operation
523-0808269
CONTROL/DISPLAY
SPEAKER MENU>SETTINGS
MENU
Push the SETTINGS tab. Refer to .

Push the LEFT or RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of the menu to select the set of
speakers to adjust the sound.
Push the LEFT or RIGHT arrow to adjust the speaker balance to the left or the right.
Push a desired equalizer preset button in the CABIN EQUALIZER PRESET area to
choose an equalizer preset.
To define a custom preset, use the MAINTENANCE category on a TSE.
Push the DRC button to apply a DRC effect.
MONITOR MENU
This menu selects what source plays on which monitor. Refer to

Push the LEFT or RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of the menu to move through the
available monitors in the cabin.
Push the POWER button to turn the monitor power on and off.
Push any button in the SELECT VIDEO FOR MONITOR area to select a video source.
A corresponding video source pop-up menu appears. The SAT TV and DVD video
source buttons show pop-up menus which have additional selection options.
The SAT TV pop-up menu shows the choice of multiple satellite TV receivers. Each
receiver offers the option to have a different channel playing. Refer to .
The DVD pop-up menu shows the choice of multiple DVD sources.
Push the CAMERA button to show the view outside the airplane from multiple cameras.
Push the AIRSHOW button to view and access information related to the flight. Refer
to .
Push the FWD VGA, FWD GAME, VIDEO 1, or VIDEO 2 button to view material
from a laptop, game system, or other portable devices on the monitors.
3-72
operation
523-0808269
Figure 3-24. Pronto Remote/Wireless Passenger Control Unit, Categories and Menus (Sheet 1 of 13)
3-73
operation
523-0808269
3-74
operation
523-0808269
3-75
operation
523-0808269
3-76
operation
523-0808269
3-77
operation
523-0808269
3-78
operation
523-0808269
3-79
operation
523-0808269
3-80
operation
523-0808269
3-81
operation
523-0808269
3-82
operation
523-0808269
3-83
operation
523-0808269
3-84
operation
523-0808269
3-85
operation
523-0808269
Table 3-25. Ordinance Screen.

CONTROL/DISPLAY
ORDINANCE
Refer to Figure 3-25. An ordinance graphic shows on the monitors for ten (10) seconds when
either of the ordinances is turned on. Both ordinances are shown, if both of the ordinances
are turned on. The ordinance graphic(s) show on any current screen and show at the top
center of the TSE screen. The ordinance graphics on the bulkhead monitors show at the
bottom of the bulkhead displays.
NO SMOKING
The no smoking graphic shows, if a condition exists that requires no smoking. (Not in Version 6.3.)
SEAT BELT
The seat belt graphic shows, if a condition exists that requires the seat belts to be fastened.
(Not in Version 6.3.)
Figure 3-25. Ordinance Screen
3-86
523-0808269
CHAPTER 4
Theory of Operation
4.1. INTRODUCTION.
This chapter has the overall system theory, and functional block diagram theory, for each unit in the Cabin Electronic System (CES).
4.2. OVERVIEW.
In this section is a brief explanation of how the CES works. It is for those who have little or no previous experience with the CES.
4.2.1. CES System Functions.
The CES integrates the control, display, and maintenance of all cabin systems. For an overview of a CES with optional equipment
installed, refer to Figure 4-1. CES functional group names follow:
System Backbone
Control and Display
Entertainment
Airborne Office
Cabin Services
Cabin Utilities
Maintenance and Diagnostics.
4-1/(4-2 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-1. Cabin Electronic System, Block Diagram
4-3/(4-4 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4.3. SYSTEM BACKBONE.

System backbone components, and their functions are described in the paragraphs that follow. Refer to Figure 4-2.
4.3.1. System Backbone Components.
Modular Cabinet Equipment (MCE)
Zone Distribution Equipment (ZDE).
The MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment (MCE) hosts the CES core set of processing resources (for example, processor, memory, I/O). The MCE is a cabinet with a set of Line Replaceable Modules (LRM) that are easy to install or remove, as required. The
LRMs support the CES functions. The primary system data bus between the MCE and the ZDEs uses a 10/100 Base T Ethernet
network. ZDEs are Ethernet switches with added functions for local CES controls, and distribution of analog audio. The ZDEs
are connected to each other in a Gbit (Gigabit, 1000 Mbps) Ethernet loop (bi-directional ring network). Configuration files set the
configuration of the system backbone. The Ethernet data bus and ZDEs carry the information that follows:
Command and control functions
Digital distribution of entertainment audio and video
E-mail
Internet access
Maintenance functions
File transfers.
4-5/(4-6 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-2. System Backbone Diagram
4-7/(4-8 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4.3.2. Modular Cabinet Equipment.

Refer to Figure 4-3 for the Modular Cabinet Equipment Block Diagram. Refer to Figure 4-4 for the Modular Cabinet Equipment
System Schematic Diagram. The MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment (MCE) houses the four modules that follow:
MME-6000/6100 Moving Map Equipment
PME-6000 Processor/Mass Storage Equipment
PSE-6000 Power Supply Equipment
JEE-6000 Jumper Ethernet Equipment or Optional ESE-6100 Ethernet Switch Equipment.
4.3.2.1. The Moving Map Equipment (MME) is in the MCE, but is not part of the system backbone. The MME provides a processor that is independent from the basic cabinet processor. The MME processor and hard-disk host the software applications for
example, the Airshow moving map. The MME-6000 Moving Map Equipment has a single 40 gigabyte hard drive. The MME-6100
Moving Map Equipment has dual 40 gigabyte hard drives.
4.3.2.2. The PME-6000 Processor/Mass Storage Equipment (PME) does the command and control processing for the system backbone. The PME has a processor and Input Output (I/O) card, 2 gigabyte mass storage flash memory card, and an Ethernet node card.
The PME has the I/O connections that follow:
Six ARINC 429 inputs
Six ARINC 429 outputs
Eight Ground/open discrete inputs
Eight +28 V dc/open discrete inputs
Eight Ground/open discrete outputs
Three +28 V dc/open discrete outputs
Three 10/100 Base T Ethernet ports
One 10 Base T Ethernet port.
4.3.2.3. The PSE-6000 Power Supply Equipment (PSE) supplies power to each module in the cabinet. Primary input power is
a nominal +28 V dc. There is a secondary, 28-volt, power input intended for an optional battery connection. The PSE includes a
capacitor-backed, holdup capability. The primary input power can be removed for up to 200 milliseconds, and the MCE continues
to operate normally. The PSE has independent power distribution to each module. If one of the modules fails and shorts its power
source, the PSE continues to supply power to the other modules. The PSE operation is inhibited, when the temperature is less than
255 C (133 F). The PSE shuts down when the temperature is greater than +1105 C (23010 F).
4.3.2.4. The MCE includes either a pass-through JEE-6000, Jumper Ethernet Equipment (JEE), Ethernet, or a carrier grade Ethernet Switch with the optional ESE-6100 Ethernet Switch Equipment (ESE). The ESE can be populated with up to 14 10/100 Base
T Ethernet Ports. The ESE is packaged as a module that can replace the JEE in the cabinet.
4.3.2.5. The MFE-6000 MCE fan equipment supplies the cooling air for the MCE-6000. The Modular Fan Equipment (MFE)
includes a fan, plus a power filter assembly, and a fan monitor assembly. The power filter assembly supplies the filtering and transient
protection to the fan input power. The MFE connects directly to the +28 V dc airplane power. The fan monitor assembly detects the
fan speed and outputs a status discrete signal to the Power Supply Equipment (PSE). The MCE temperature sensor outputs a discrete
signal to the PSE if temperature is greater than +10 5 C (+50 F). This discrete enables the PSE to close a low-side switch that
connects the fan power to ground. The fan is physically separate from the MCE-6000. The cooling fan is mounted on the bottom
side of the MCE mounting surface.
4-9
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-3. Modular Cabinet Equipment, Block Diagram
4-10
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-4. Modular Cabinet Equipment, System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 2)
4-11/(4-12 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-4. Modular Cabinet Equipment, System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 2)
4-13/(4-14 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4.3.3. Zone Distribution Equipment.

Refer to Figure 4-5 for the Zone Distribution Equipment Block Diagram. The three ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment (ZDE)
provide the interface between the devices in each cabin zone and the network backbone. Refer to Figure 4-6 for the Zone Distribution
Equipment System Schematic Diagrams.
4.3.3.1. General. A ZDE is the primary interface distribution node for a particular seating zone area. The ZDEs provide the different seating-zone connectivity configurations. The connectivity configurations include the various combinations of the passenger
Touch Screen Equipment, laptop computers, and carry-on Compact Disk (CD) and Digital Video Disk (DVD) media sources.
The ZDE contains the functions that follow:
Ethernet Switch Router
Controller
4-Channel Audio Decoder
Power Supply.
4.3.3.1.1. The Ethernet switch router provides full-duplex LAN connectivity to the CES MCE. The Gigabit Ethernet bus has
full-duplex baseband transmission over all four twisted pairs and transmission data rates of 0.25 Gbits/sec over each of the four
twisted pairs. The external Ethernet ports are connected to the carry-on laptops, Touch Screen Equipment (TSE), Passenger Control
Unit (PCU), and maintenance computer connections.
4.3.3.1.2. The controller provides the processing and control of the internal and external discrete I/O and serial data bus ports. The
controller also provides the operational control for the Ethernet switch router.
4.3.3.1.3. The 4-channel audio decoder decodes the incoming digital-audio media streams for distribution to the passenger stereoheadphones. The four channels are independent and can provide a different audio output to each headphone. The audio decoders
have two auxiliary stereo-audio outputs. The auxiliary stereo-audio outputs provide the drive for the PA Stereo Amplifier.
4.3.3.1.4. The airplane power provides the +28 V dc power to the ZDE power supply. The power supply has a AC/DC converter
that provides the correct voltage levels for the ZDE internal circuits. The ZDE also provides the power source for the noise cancellation headphone connections.
4.3.3.2. Interface. The ZDE-6000 provides the interface connectivity to support these functions in each seating zone. An airplane installation has one seating zone supporting up to 12 seats. The system supports up to 12 concurrent streams of functions that
follow:
Streaming video
Streaming audio
Performance of display control operations
Access to the Internet/World Wide Web
Access to e-mail
Connection of carry-on game boxes to the system and played on bulkhead monitors.
4.3.3.2.1. Direct viewing of selected video sources at the passenger seats, galley areas, and cockpit is provided by the Touch Screen
Equipment (TSE). A touch screen on each TSE allows interactive communications with the Zone Distribution Equipment and CES.
The passenger service control functions for example, seat adjustment control, reading light, call light selection, flight attendant, and
Passenger Address (PA) functions are CES functions not provided directly by the Local Area Network (LAN). However, the CES
may use some of the LAN and audio amplifier components to support these functions.
4.3.3.2.2. The stereo analog output from the multidisk CD player is encoded by the VEE into a PCM (Pulse Code Modulation)
Stream/Channel and multicast on the Ethernet LAN. The passengers can use the TSE or PACP controls to select and listen to any of
these channels on passenger headphones. The passenger ZDE decodes the audio for the selected stream and drives the headphones
or cabin amplifier. The Galley TSE can select any of these channels to be broadcast to any of the cabin speakers. The ZDE-6000
connected to the cabin stereo amplifiers decodes the selected stream and drives the correct amplifier channel for the selected speakers. The entertainment audio channels (audio and video) are muted when the Public Address (PA), Video Address (VA), Passenger
Briefing or Oxygen System is activated.
4-15
theory of operation
523-0808269
4.3.3.2.3. In order to avoid audio/video synchronization problems, the audio content of all Motion Picture Experts Group
(MPEG)-1 or MPEG-2 encoded video stream is simultaneously decoded by the destination equipment (TSE and Bulkhead/ Digital
Tapping Equipment) circuitry. The resulting analog audio signal is then PCM re-encoded and put back onto the Ethernet LAN for
transmission to the designated ZDE. The ZDE-6000 decodes the PCM audio and drives the appropriate headphone and/or cabin
speaker amplifiers. The audio PCM or MP3 decoders are integral to the ZDE-6000. Each decoder channel is capable of decoding a
PCM or MP3 stream from the Ethernet LAN into a stereo analog output driving the passenger headphone and/or cabin/PA speaker
external amplifiers. Each ZDE is capable of decoding four audio streams and driving four headphones or two headphones and two
cabin speaker amplifiers. The two cabin speaker outputs are line-out equivalents of two of the headphone outputs.
4.3.3.2.4. The ZDE provides distributed (multicast) audio and video from standard DVD and CD. The ZDE also provides full
browser capabilities in the displays. The modularity of the system components with connectivity to a common Fast Ethernet backbone permits numerous configuration alternatives.
4.3.3.3. Monitoring. The ZDE does the Built-in-Test (BIT) and provides health information over the Ethernet network. The ZDE
monitors and reports the status of the functions that follow:
Four RS-232 used for ZDE to TSE communications
External Ethernet communications
MDSB serial ports
PDE serial port
External general purpose RS-485 port
Health of the four digital audio decoders
Analog audio output ports
Power supply monitoring
Over or under temperature
Power supply off state
Fan failure
Internal and intra-processor communications.
4.3.3.3.1. The ZDE has four asynchronous RS-232 interface ports. The RS-232 ports connect the ZDE-6000 to four TSE units.
The RS-232 ports for TSE control defaults to 9600 bps with 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 (odd) parity bit, and 1 stop bit.
4.3.3.3.2. The RS-485 port terminations are configurable using strapping pins. The general purpose RS-485 interface ports default to 9600 bps with 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 (odd) parity bit and 1 stop bit. One of the ports is configured to support the PDE
communications protocol.
4.3.3.3.3. The MDSB (multiple drop secondary bus) polls the switch panel equipment and receives the switch panel inputs. The
MDSB ports default to 9600 bps (bits per second) with 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 odd parity bit and 1 stop bit.
4.3.3.3.4. The Cabin Electronics System provides the digital audio to the ZDE-6000 as standard PCM or MP3 encoded multicast
packets. The ZDE contains four digital audio decoders to provide four independent analog stereo audio outputs. Each ZDE allows
up to four passengers to select independent audio sources and then decodes them to analog audio for the passenger headphone output.
Two of the audio outputs may be output to external cabin amplifiers and speakers. The AUX Audio Out 1 outputs the same audio as
Headphone Out 3. The AUX Audio Out 2 outputs the same audio as Headphone Out 4. Each audio decoder provides Dynamic Range
Compressor (DRC). This is necessary because passengers with carry-on equipment may set the volume to overcome airplane ambient
noise for soft passages. This will cause excessive volume for louder passages, that requires the passenger to continually change the
volume settings. The ZDE-6000 independently controls the volume, stereo output balance and provides a graphic equalizer for each
audio output. The ZDE mutes the entertainment audio to the seat headphones and auxiliary audio outputs when it receives a PA active
message. When muted, the ZDE plays the PA audio on all headphone and auxiliary outputs. A passenger may reduce entertainment
volume too low for reliably hearing the PA message. To ensure that the PA audio is audible, the audio volume is changed to a defined
level when the PA is active. At the end of the PA, the audio returns to the level previously set by the passenger.
4.3.3.3.5. The ZDE provides analog stereo audio outputs for headphone and auxiliary connections. Each headphone output provides an analog stereo output capable of driving one 32 ohm to 300 ohm headphone. The auxiliary audio output provides an analog
4-16
theory of operation
523-0808269
stereo output with a range of 100 mV to 4V maximum over the volume control adjustment range for driving an external stereo
amplifier. The auxiliary outputs provide both line-level and balanced differential outputs.
4.3.3.3.6. The ZDE contains green, yellow and red Light Emitting Diode (LED) status indicators. These indicators are visible
through the cooling holes in the cover opposite the cooling fans. If multiple conditions exist, the LED indications that correspond
to the highest priority is displayed.
4-17/(4-18 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-5. Zone Distribution Equipment, Block Diagram
4-19/(4-20 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-6. Zone Distribution Equipment, Schematic Diagrams (Sheet 1 of 7)
4-21/(4-22 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4-23/(4-24 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4-25/(4-26 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4-27/(4-28 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4-29/(4-30 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4-31/(4-32 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4-33/(4-34 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4.4. CONTROL AND DISPLAY BLOCK DIAGRAM.

Refer to Figure 4-7 for the Control and Display block diagram. The CES provides multiple control display devices to allow the cabin
crew, passengers, and flight crew to interact with various cabin systems. The control and display devices are located in the galley,
each seat in the cabin, various other cabin locations, and in the flight compartment. The control and display devices are as follows:
Galley TSE
Flight Compartment TSE
Switch Panels
Wireless Remotes
Bulkhead Monitors
Personal Monitors.
4-35/(4-36 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-7. Control and Display, Block Diagram
4-37/(4-38 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4.4.1. Galley TSE.

The Galley TSE is the primary interface to the CES. The Galley TSE is capable of executing a commercial browser (e.g., Netscape
or Internet Explorer). The cabinet processor serves up the web pages to the TSE. This allows the system to be fully exercised with a
normally equipped laptop computer during initial installation. The Galley TSE provides SVGA resolution (800 x 600) and is capable
MPEG decoding. The aspect ratio is 4:3.
4.4.2. Flight Compartment Touch Screen Equipment.
The Flight Compartment TSE provides the pilot interface to control the interactive moving map, show the system status information,
and provide the system control function.
4.4.3. Switch Panels.
All the switch panels are hard mounted into either the cabin sidewall ledge, cabinets, arm rest, or a bulkhead. The CRT/CRR isa
hard-mounted panel with fixed switches for reading light, table light, and CALL control. The audio master seat headset jack is under
the door covering. The PACP also have an audio headphone jack and local audio control. The first three types of switches (listed
above) connect directly to the network. The local switch panels are ones in which the switch outputs are connected directly to a local
control function and are not integrated. Functions controlled by local switch panels are not controllable elsewhere. A nonintegrated
local switch would be a switch that doesnt connect directly to the local data bus and it doesnt connect directly to the device to be
controlled. The output instead is routed to the CES (e.g., MCE) to allow multiple methods of control.
There are basically four types of switch panels in the system:
Master Seat Location - Call/Read/Table (CRT) or Call/Read/Read (CRR)
Normal Seat - Passenger Audio Control Panel (PACP)
Local - Integrated
Local - Nonintegrated.
4.4.4. Wireless Remotes.
The baseline system includes two wireless remote controls. These devices are not limited to controlling the entertainment system.
They provide a very wide range of control functionality. The remotes are based on the existing Airshow Pronto wireless remotes.
Bulkhead monitor screen controls are issued as IR commands through the wireless remote control. These commands are received by
and interpreted by the IR receiver in the bulkhead. All other remote control commands are issued as RF commands. These commands
are received the Airshow remote controller and sent to the PME in the MCE. Source equipment commands are regenerated as IR
commands in the PME and input directly to the source equipment. All other commands are output from the remote controller as
MDSB commands.
4.4.5. Bulkhead Monitors.
The bulkhead monitors are optimized for display of standard computer graphics. The monitors have a 4:3 aspect ratio. When using
these monitors as remote video displays with a wide DVD player and widescreen format (2.35:1) movies, the DVD player creates
horizontal black bars (letterbox) along the top and bottom of the display. Other movie formats (1.33:1, 1.66:1, and 1.77:1) are sized
by the DVD source equipment to fill the whole monitor. The bulkhead monitor also has the capability to resize the image provided
by the DVD source equipment.
4.4.5.1. The monitor is directly Ethernet compatible. As a result, the system design does not require the DTE to interface the
monitor to the Ethernet network. The monitor does the MPEG to NTSC conversion to show the digitally distributed video content.
The monitor also re-encodes the audio stream and routes the digital audio directly to the appropriate ZDEs for generation of headset
and/or cabin speaker audio. The monitor has both NTSC and VGA inputs. One dedicated port is provided to allow laptop connection
to the monitor. These ports connect directly to the VGA input on the monitor, thus bypassing the Ethernet bus. The monitor provides
the source selection for both ports. The default condition is the NTSC input having priority on power-up.
4.4.6. Personal Monitors.
The personal monitors are optional and have a 10.4 inch screen. All personal monitors are self-contained TSE. The standard option
is a plug-in mount that allows a display to be installed into a pre-wired receptacle in the cabin sidewall ledge.
4-39
theory of operation
523-0808269
4.5. ENTERTAINMENT.
Refer to Figure 4-8 for the Entertainment block diagram. The CES provides an integrated passenger entertainment system. This
system is capable of reproducing CD quality audio and DVD quality video in the cabin. The audio and video content is distributed
digitally throughout the cabin. The digital encoded content is decoded at each seat location. The entertainment system is comprised
of the subsystems or functions that follow:
Source Equipment (Audio and Video)
Personal Monitors
Cabin Monitors
Galley TSE
Control Devices
Distribution Network
MPEG Encoders (VEE)
MPEG Decoders (Digital Tapping Equipment)
Tail fin Camera System
Moving Map
Carry-on Game Devices (interface only)
Satellite TV
Audio Amplifier
Satellite Speakers
Carry-on Video Devices (Interface only)
Carry-on Audio Devices (Interface only)
Sub-Woofers.
4-40
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-8. Entertainment, Block Diagram
4-41/(4-42 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4.5.1. Audio System.

The audio system consists of source equipment, encoders, distribution, decoders, and destination equipment. The destination equipment includes seat headphones and external amplifiers for cabin speakers. The source equipment includes the equipment that follows:
Multi-disk DVD/CD Players
Laptops, Carry-on Games, and Audio/Video Devices.
4.5.1.1. The stereo-analog-output from the multi-disk DVD/CD player is encoded by a VEE into a Pulse Code Modulation (PCM)
stream/channel and multicast onto the Ethernet LAN. The passengers, using the TSE or PACP controls, can select and listen to any
of these channels on the headphones. The passenger Zone Distribution Equipment (ZDE) decodes the audio for the selected stream
and drives the headphones or cabin amplifier. Users of the Galley TSE can select any of these channels to be broadcast to any or all
of the cabin speakers. The ZDE connected to the cabin amplifier decodes the selected stream and drives the correct amplifier channel
for the selected speakers. The audio system supports up to 16 independent audio channels. The entertainment audio channels (video
and audio) are muted when the PNS, passenger briefing, or oxygen system is activated.
4.5.1.2. The carry-on Portable Electronic Devices (PED) (e.g., laptop, game boxes , CD Players or MP3 Players) can have stereo
analog outputs encoded into a PCM audio stream by connecting to the Game Port or VEE boxes. The ZDE decodes the audio stream
and drives the seat headphone. In order to avoid Audio/Video synchronization problems, all audio content of all MPEG-1 or MPEG-2
encoded video stream is simultaneously decoded by the destination equipment (TSE and Bulkhead/Digital Tapping Equipment)
circuitry. The resulting analog audio signal is then PCM re-encoded and put back onto the Ethernet LAN for transmission to the
designated ZDE. The ZDE decodes the audio and drives the appropriate headphone and/or cabin speaker amplifiers.
4.5.2. Video System.
The video system architecture is similar to that of the audio system and consists of source equipment, encoders, distribution, decoders
and destination equipment. Destination equipment includes Bulkhead Monitors, Galley TSE, passenger TSEs, and the Electronic
Flight Bag (EFB).
The source equipment includes the devices as follow:
Multi-region DVD Players
Tail fin Camera
Laptops
Portable Video Devices.
4.5.2.1. The CES includes a multi-region DVD/CD/MP3 player. A second optional DVD/CD/MP3 player may be added to the
Entertainment System. The DVD/CD/MP3 equipment provides an Ethernet control interface.
4.5.2.2. The carry-on laptop Video Graphics Array (VGA) output can be connected to the Digital Tapping Equipment (DTE) VGA
input for high-resolution display of presentation type content on a large bulkhead display.
4.5.2.3. The carry on Portable Video Devices (e.g., Portable DVD Players or Video Cameras) can be viewed on seat or bulkhead
displays and listened to on the headphones and/or cabin speakers by connecting the NTSC and stereo analog outputs to the dedicated
carry-on audio/video ports attached to the VEE.
4.5.3. Source Equipment.
The baseline system consists of the source equipment is the Multi-region DVD player and the optional multi-disk CD changer.
The CES provides digital encoders (VEE) to allow the digital distribution of audio and video content. The CES supports video
source equipment with composite outputs. NTSC as well as PAL formats are supported by the CES encoders. These video source
equipment can have analog stereo or digital S/PDIF outputs. The CES supports the audio-only sources with analog stereo output.
The CES similarly supports the carry-on media players with outputs compatible with that of its permanently installed media player
with the exclusion of S/PDIF digital audio. In addition to local/manual controls, installed source equipment, can be controlled using
the MDSB serial bus to the RF-IR Interface Box from the ZDE. The operational control of source equipment can be accomplished
through the Galley TSE. The carry-on media players can be controlled using the local/manual controls.
4-43
theory of operation
523-0808269
4.5.4. Distribution.
All the audio and video content in the cabin is distributed digitally over the Ethernet LAN. The audio and/or video encoders transform
most of the analog source content into streams of digital data. Decoders transform the digital data back into appropriate formats to
drive the displays and headphones. All video streams (MPEG encoded) are decoded at the display box (TSEs and/or DTEs). This
eliminates the audio/video timing/synchronization problems (lip sync) of video source content distributed to different destinations for
example, bulkhead displays and passenger seat headphones. The display boxes concurrently re-encode the audio content into PCM
stream and re-transmit the stream back onto the LAN. The PCM stream is routed to the appropriate ZDEs. The audio streams are
decoded at the ZDE. The ZDE generates an analog stereo output to drive the seat headphones and/or cabin/PA speaker amplifier(s).
The National Television System(s) Committee (NTSC) or Phase-Alternating Line (PAL) analog video and audio input is encoded by
the VEE into a MPEG-1 or MPEG-2 stream/channel and multicast onto the Ethernet LAN. The passengers, using the TSE controls,
can select and view any of these channels on the seat TSE. The passenger seat TSE decodes and shows the selected MPEG-1 or
MPEG-2 encoded video stream on the TSE display. The audio content of this video stream is converted into an analog signal and
concurrently re-encoded into a PCM audio stream and put back onto the Ethernet LAN for transmission to the designated ZDE. The
ZDE decodes and drives the appropriate seat headphone and/or cabin speaker amplifier. This method of video decoding eliminates
the A/V timing (sync) problem.
4.5.5. Encoders.
Refer to Figure 4-9 for the Video Encoder Equipment system schematic diagram. At a minimum, the types of content to be encoded
include:
Multi-disc CD Changer audio
SAT TV
XM Radio
Camera video
Carry-on audio/video.
4.5.5.1. In order to meet the stated requirement of DVD quality video resolution, the source equipment video output is encoded
into MPEG-1 or MPEG-2 streams. The Video Encoding Equipment (VEE) support multiple compression schemes (MPEG-1 or
MPEG-2) and bit rates to best balance between quality and LAN bandwidth. The encoding rate is selectable from at least 1 Mbps to
12 Mbps. The nominal rate is approximated to be 5-6 Mbps. The DVD, VHS and VA audio content, analog stereo or digital S/PDIF,
is encoded into its associated video MPEG stream. Audio only source (e.g., CDs) stereo output is encoded into PCM streams. The
source equipment video/audio and audio only content is encoded by the VEE box. Both types of encoders (MPEG and PCM) are
combined into a single unit.
4.5.5.2. A single VEE provides eight channels of encoding. Four channels are audio only and four channels are audio and video.
The encoded outputs of the four audio and four video/audio channels are switched out onto a single Ethernet port for network connectivity. The audio output of carry-on PEDs for example, game boxes and laptops can be connected to the DTE audio input. The DTE
internal audio encoder digitizes these inputs into a PCM stream to the Ethernet LAN. The ZDE decodes these streams and drives
the appropriate headphones or cabin speakers. The composite video output of PEDs for example, game boxes can be connected
to the DTE NTSC input. The internal circuitry of the DTE processes and then displays the content on the bulkhead display. The
encoded streams are multicast through the cabin. Each encoder functions as a multicast server. Users can access the entertainment
control screens of the TSE and/or PCU to determine the available selections. The user can then have the option of joining a specific
multicast group.
4-44
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-9. Video Encoder Equipment, System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 2)
4-45/(4-46 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-9. Video Encoder Equipment, System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 2)
4-47/(4-48 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4.5.6. Decoders.
Refer to Figure 4-10 for the Digital Tapping Equipment (DTE) system schematic diagram. The system can decode both A/V MPEG-1
or MPEG-2 and audio only PCM or MP3 streams. The A/V MPEG decoders are integral to the TSE and DTE boxes. The TSE decoded video drives the passenger seat display. Each A/V MPEG decoder is capable of decoding the compression schemes and
bit rates supported by the MPEG encoders. Additionally, each MPEG decoder circuitry can PCM re-encode the audio stream and
re-transmit this stream to the appropriate ZDE locations. The audio PCM or MP3 decoders are integral to the ZDE boxes. Each decoder channel is capable of decoding a PCM or MP3 stream from the Ethernet LAN into a stereo analog output driving the passenger
headphone and/or entertainments amplifier. Each ZDE box is capable of decoding four audio streams and driving four headphones
or two headphones and two cabin speaker amplifiers. The two cabin speaker outputs are line-out equivalents of two of the headphone
outputs.
4-49/(4-50 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-10. Data Tapping Equipment, System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 2)
4-51/(4-52 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-10. Data Tapping Equipment, System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 2)
4-53/(4-54 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4.5.7. Moving Map.

The optional interactive moving map system is interactive on each display/monitor on which it is displayed. The baseline moving
map system is a non-interactive system which displays graphical map information with the airplane position, flight plan, and textual
flight information. The map server, residing in the processing cabinet, hosts the moving map database. Changes in scaling and/or
position may result in large database fetches from the map server. The moving map requires basic airplane parameters from the
avionics system. At a minimum, the CES obtains the parameters that follow:
Position (latitude/longitude)
Airspeed (indicated and true)
Outside Air Temperature
Altitude
Ground Speed
Distance To Destination
Flight Plan (may be limited to departure, destination, and intermediate waypoints)
Track
Heading
Time To Destination
Time En Route.
4.5.8. Cameras.
The Tailfin camera system is optional. The CES provides display functions for the camera system. The CES provides MPEG encoding for the optional cameras. The camera video is distributed throughout the cabin digitally and available for viewing on any
TSE or bulkhead monitor in the same way that multicast streaming video is available.
4.5.9. Carry-On Games.
Each bulkhead monitor (forward and aft) in the cabin has a optional dedicated port available for connection of carry-on game devices.
This port allows direct connection of the game device to the bulkhead monitor in that zone. Direct connection of the game device is
necessary to avoid the inherent latencies that would be introduced by digital encoding and decoding. The direct connection provided
requires an NTSC signal source. A NTSC device could be connected to this port. Switching between a direct analog source and a
network source is done within the bulkhead monitor automatically and by using network commands. The bulkhead monitor provides
the NTSC, VGA, and Ethernet inputs and provides an NTSC or VGA output. Portable game device audio is treated in a similar
manner. Through the remote analog connections, the audio lines are connected directly to the bulkhead monitor. The bulkhead
monitor encodes the analog audio as a PCM stream which is then routed to the cabin speaker system or the passenger headset.
4.5.10. Satellite TV.
The CES includes as an option which is the Airshow Tailwind 100 (TW-300) satellite TV system. The TW-300 provides either
two-channels or four-channels of TV. The TV system is a stand-alone system with respect to airplane installation.
4.5.10.1. A dedicated VEE is required to accommodate the TW-300. The VEE provides real-time encoding and subsequent multicasting of the TV channels. The TV channels are available for viewing in an identical manner as any other piece of source equipment.
The only difference is that instead of transport controls, the only controls associated with the TV system will be channel selection.
The TW-300 is a multi-region system with demonstrated performance in US, Europe, and the Middle East. Additional regions (e.g.,
Canada, Asia, South America) are expected to be available in the future. The TV receivers are controlled using an RS-485 bus
provided by the VEE.
4-55
theory of operation
523-0808269
4.6. AIRBORNE OFFICE.

Refer to Figure 4-11 for the Airborne Office block diagram. The Airborne Office function is intended to provide the user an equivalent level of functionality as is commonly found in a modern office on the ground. The Airborne Office functions are divided into
the areas that follow:
Local Area Network (LAN)
Wireless Connectivity
Fax/Printer/Scanner
Off-airplane Connectivity
Network Security
VGA Equipment.
4-56
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-11. Airborne Office, Block Diagram
4-57/(4-58 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4.6.1. Local Area Network.

The CES provides a Local Area Network (LAN) in the cabin. The LAN uses the 10/100 Base T Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) as the network
media. The portable devices (Ethernet ready) connect to the LAN using the RJ-45 jacks. The RJ-45 jacks are connected to the Zone
Distribution Equipment. The LAN has sufficient bandwidth to allow up to 12 simultaneous users to do the functions that follow:
View streaming video
Listen to streaming audio
Access to control display operations
Access to the Internet/World Wide Web
Access e-mail.
4.6.1.1. The LAN provides a sufficient number of ports to connect the maximum number of network devices expected for the
cabin.
4.6.2. Wireless Connectivity (Option).
The CES provides wireless connectivity to the LAN. The Wireless LAN Unit (WLU) provides wireless connectivity throughout the
airplane cabin to devices that have a wireless capability that meets the regulatory and Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) standards. The WLU
has a 2.4 GHz wireless access point.
4.6.2.1. The WLU has an Ethernet bus connection to the number 2 ZDE. The WLU receives a discrete input from the number 2
ZDE. The WLU ENABLE DISC (ground/open) provides a ground discrete signal that enables the Wireless LAN Unit.
4.6.3. Fax/Printer/Scanner.
The CES supports a multifunction Fax/Printer/Scanner. The Fax/Printer/Scanner interfaces directly to the LAN for network access.
Incoming faxes are annunciated on the Galley TSE and the Cockpit Touch Screen Equipment (TSE). The CES has an ARINC 429
(A429) interface to the airplane datalink system to allow printing of ground uplinked flight information through the Aircraft Communications Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS) only when the flight compartment printer is not installed.
4.6.4. Off Airplane Connectivity.
The CES provides the off-airplane data connectivity using an International Maritime Satellite Organization (INMARSAT) Satellite
Communications (SATCOM) system. The SATCOM system provides the INMARSAT Swift64 service. The number 1 High-Speed
SATCOM Transceiver (HST) provides the 64 kbit/sec connection to the Internet/World Wide Web. The number 2 HST provides the
128 kbit/sec connection to the Internet/World Wide Web. The SATCOM system includes a CEPT-E1.
4.6.5. Network Security.
The LAN implements Network Address and Port Translation (NAPT) for all off-airplane sessions to hide the actual address of the
user from the ground network. The LAN does not allow a connection to the airborne network from off the airplane that is not initiated
from onboard the airplane.
4.7. CABIN SERVICES.
Cabin services includes those functions that do not seem to fit into the other functional allocation groups. This includes the call
system, passenger notification system, and passenger briefing system.
4.7.1. Cabin Call System.
The cabin call system is primarily a software based system. Each integrated switch panel in the cabin and lavatories have a call
button. Activation of this switch causes a number of simultaneous events to occur including aural and visual alerts. On the Galley
TSE, a graphical representation shows the airplane interior which highlights the area where the active call switch is located. An
aural chime is generated at the same time to inform the cabin attendant that the call light is active. The chime sounds in the galley
only. Also, the same graphical representation is automatically shown on the EFB.
4.7.2. Ordinance Notification.
Ordinance messages are very similar to the briefing messages. They differ from briefing messages in that the audio is very short
(e.g., two tone Hi/Lo chime) and the video is a static picture or text (e.g., seat belt picture).
4-59
theory of operation
523-0808269
4.7.3. Passenger Briefing System.

The Passenger Notification system informs passengers of important messages. The CES includes a passenger briefing system. This
system is capable of playing prerecorded audio and video passenger messages over the passenger address and video distribution
systems. The system uses both manual and automatic modes of operation.
At a minimum, the manual mode of operation is capable of the briefing messages that follow:
Boarding briefing
Safety briefing
Take-off briefing
Approach briefing
Landing briefing.
The system is capable of supporting an automatic mode. The automatic mode includes the four, ordinance, sign-related messages
that follow:
The captain has turned on the seat belt sign.
The captain has turned off the seat belt sign.
The captain has turned on the no smoking sign.
The captain has turned off the no smoking sign.
The briefings and ordinance symbols show on the bulkhead monitors. The ordinance video is a static picture or text (e.g., a picture
of a seat belt). The audio messages are heard over the cabin entertainment speakers, the galley speaker, and lavatory speakers. These
messages override the active entertainment video and audio streams. Briefing messages reside on and are controlled by the MME
in the processing cabinet. For video messages, the MME streams the video onto the network and the appropriate Bulkhead Monitor
are commanded to decode and show the stream. In turn, the Bulkhead Monitor decodes and encodes the audio portion for the video
and streams the audio onto the network. Refer to the Video System for details. Lastly, the appropriate ZDE are commanded to join
the associated audio stream and route the audio to the cabin entertainment speakers and cabin headphones. For audio messages, the
MME streams the audio onto the network and the appropriate ZDE are commanded to join the stream and route the audio to the
cabin entertainment speakers and cabin headphones. The MME controls the streaming of data. The briefing messages are activated
from the Galley TSE or EFB.
4-60
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-12. Passenger Notification, Block Diagram
4-61/(4-62 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4.8. CABIN UTILITIES.

Refer to Figure 4-13 for the Cabin Utility, Block Diagram. The CES provides control and display of the cabin utility functions.
Most of these subsystems are not directly Ethernet compatible. As a result, the CES provides a variety of interfaces to implement
the required control functions. The majority of analog interfaces are provided using the Relay Drive Equipment (RDE). However, a
number of the systems simply require an On/Off control.
The cabin utilities include the functions that follow:
Cabin Temperature Control
Door Control (local control only)
Electric Window Shades
Lighting System
Ordinance Notification (monitors for display only)
Oxygen System (monitors for audio mute only)
Water System.
The galley TSE is the primary control for all cabin utilities. Limited control is also available on the control devices that follow:
Cockpit Touch Screen Equipment
MSL (Master Seat Location) TSE
Non-MSL Switch Panel
Pronto Remote Hand Held Unit
Wireless Passenger Control Unit (WPCU).
4-63/(4-64 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-13. Cabin Utility, Block Diagram
4-65/(4-66 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
4.8.1. Relay Drive Equipment.

Refer to Figure 4-14 for the Relay Drive Equipment block diagram. Refer to Figure 4-15 for the Relay Drive Equipment system
schematic diagram. The Relay Drive Equipment (RDE) provides the switched relay and discrete ground or +28 V dc outputs to
control the cabin components in its associated zone. The RDE is controlled using the MDSB bus. The Zone Distribution Equipment
(ZDE) outputs an MDSB bus to connect the RDEs to the network.
4-67
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-14. Relay Drive Equipment, Block Diagram
4-68
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-15. Relay Drive Equipment, System Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
4-69/(4-70 Blank)
theory of operation
523-0808269
Figure 4-15. Relay Drive Equipment, System Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
4-71/(4-72 Blank)
523-0808269
CHAPTER 5
Maintenance
5.1. INTRODUCTION.
This chapter provides instructions for routine display cleaning and operation of the system diagnostics for the Cabin Electronic System (CES). The diagnostics operate on normal airplane power and provide dynamic fault and fault history displays. The diagnostics
are used to isolate a failed Line Replacement Unit (LRU).
5.2. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE.
Maintenance is performed on condition. If faults are found, refer to the Fault Isolation Manual (CPN 523-0808242) and follow
troubleshooting procedures to determine the fault.
5.2.1. Routine Display Cleaning.
Do not apply excessive pressure to the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). Damage to the display can result.
The LCD assembly and drivers are extremely susceptible to damage from Electrostatic Discharge (ESD). Take
precautions at all times to make sure personnel and process equipment are prevented from accumulating static
charge levels that could damage these parts. This equipment includes, but is not limited to, the use of conductive
work surfaces, charge dissipative containers, and personnel wrist straps as defined by MIL-STD-1687.
Use finger cots or gloves whenever handling the LCD assembly, to make sure of protection from contamination.
Protective finger cots must be kept clean to prevent contaminating the LCD or other surfaces of the LCD assembly.
Replace finger cots or clean them following exposure to dirty or oily surfaces.
Never handle the LCD assembly by the flex cables. Always handle the LCD assembly by the glass, to avoid
accidental damage. Do not handle the LCD assembly around the bond area, where the flex cables are attached to
the LCD.
Do not apply any cleaning solution directly on the LCD glass surface. Do not clean the LCD glass surface with a
dry wiper. To do so can scratch the LCD glass.
Contamination protection: Use gloves whenever handling the LCD, to make sure of protection from contamination. Care must be taken to keep the gloves clean. Contamination can result from touching surfaces, containing
dirt and/or oil. Replace your gloves, or clean them with alcohol, following exposure to dirty or oily surfaces.
When cleaning an LCD display, be careful not to damage the anti-reflective coating. Make sure that the cleaning
tissue/cloth is flat (not creased) to reduce pressure points that could cause streaking or damage the LCD filter
coating. If a cleaning cloth is used, make sure it is soft and lint-free. Some cloth materials can damage the LCD
filter coating.
5-1
maintenance
523-0808269
Table 5-1. Cleaning and Handling Materials

REQUIRED MATERIALS
COLLINS PART NUMBER (CPN)
Gliss'n optical glass cleaner
CPN 001-0012-000
Watchcraft lens tissue
CPN 056-0004-000
Lint-free wiper
CPN 074-1920-000 Bencotto #CT8 (recommended) or equivalent
Vinyl gloves
Recommended- Fisher Catalog No. 11-393 or equivalent
Finger cots
246-0230-020, -050, -060, -070, -080
The CES has LRUs that have LCDs. Schedule to clean these displays. Do the procedures, and use the materials that follow:
a.
To remove stains, for example, water spots, from the display, clean it with deionized water, alcohol and acetone.
b.
Apply deionized water or acetone to the wiper. Lightly rub the LCD glass surface in a linear direction.
c.
Remove surface dirt, oils, lint, and so forth, from the LCD glass surface. Use any combination of deionized water, alcohol, or
acetone.
d.
Apply the deionized water, alcohol, or acetone to a wiper. Lightly wipe the surface of the display in a linear direction.
e.
Residual lamination materials and adhesives, for example, RTV Silicone, may not be removable using only alcohol. If these
materials are present on the display, repeat step (b) using acetone.
5.3. DATA BASE UPDATE PROCEDURE.

This paragraph has
Instructions for loading the electronic charts database
A detailed procedure for loading the electronic manuals files into the CESA-6000, Cabin Electronic System Application (CESA),
software.
Load the chart database into the Processor/Mass Storage Equipment (PME) in the Modular Cabinet Equipment (MCE). And load
the manual files into the MME-6000, Moving Map Equipment (MME), in the MCE. Each procedure is different.
5.3.1. Electronic Charts Database Update Tools.
Before initially loading the electronic charts database, an annual subscription from Jeppeson must be purchased. Jeppeson will then
send the software package. The package will contain the software, Subscription Serial Number, and Subscription (Area Access)
code(s). Load the charts using the Rockwell Collins Collins Portable Access System (CPAS) program. This procedure is similar to
loading the same charts data base in the Integrated Flight Information System (IFIS) File Server Unit (FSU). The charts data base is
obtained from Jeppesen. Refer to the Rockwell Collins CPAS-3000 Data Loader Operators Guide (CPN 523-0790386) for detailed
operation of the CPAS.
5.3.2. Electronic Charts Database Update.
Copy the manuals files into the manuals folder of the MME using a Windows copy and paste process. The manuals files can be
any Adobe PDF file required for the operation of the airplane. Most files are obtained from Bombardier for the specific airplane.
Jeppeson will send you periodic electronic chart updates, throughout the subscription period.
5.3.2.1. Charts Database Ordering Information. To have access to the charts and periodic database updates, an annual subscription with Jeppesen is required. Jeppesen provides the subscriber with a Subscription Number which must be entered into the
Subscription Number field on the Status Subscription page. A subscription provides the customer with access to specific set(s) of
regional charts. If coverage for additional regions is needed on an immediate basis, contact Jeppesen to purchase a Subscription
(Area Access) Code(s). Also enter this (these) code(s) on the Status Subscription page.
5.3.2.1.1. Most files from Bombardier can be obtained for specific airplanes. For Electronic Charts database services, contact:
Jeppesen
55 Inverness Drive
East Englewood, CO 80112-5498
5-2
maintenance
523-0808269
Phone 800-621-5377, or 303-328-4244

Fax to 303-328-4124
Web Address www.jeppesen.com.
When ordering, state your Subscription Serial Number, and ask for :
Electronic Charts for the Rockwell Collins Pro Line 21 system that relate to the geographical area.
The Subscription Code(s) for the desired coverage.
Allow 4-8 days for first delivery of the electronic charts data base.
5.3.2.2. Enabling the Charts Data Base.
NOTE
The charts data base must be enabled on the right and left cockpit displays.
To get the charts data base ready, do the following:
a.
After completly loading the charts data base, push the STATUS button on the Electric Flight Bag (EFB) Main Menu.
b.
When the Effectivity page is displayed, push the SUBSCRIPTIONS button on the bottom of the display.
c.
With the focus indicator box around the subscription number, push the SEL button.
d.
On the keyboard page, type in the Jeppesen subscription number.
e.
Push ENTER.
f.
The program activates the purchased subscription. This may take a few minutes.
g.
After a few minutes, the subscription page returns with the purchased regions activated.
h.
The Effectivity page should also display the activated regions.
i.
Push the CHART button on the top of the Effectivity or Subscription page to bring up the CHARTS MAIN INDEX MENU
page, or push the MENU button and then push the CHARTS icon on the EFB Main Menu.
5.3.3. Electronic Manuals Update.

The electronic manual files can be any Adobe PDF file required for the operation of the airplane. Most files are obtained from
Bombardier for the specific airplane.
5.3.3.1. Electronic Manuals Data Load Equipment. Refer to Table 5-2 for a list of equipment required to perform the software loading. Equivalent equipment meeting the minimum requirements listed may be substituted. Cables unique to each LRU are
included in the applicable LRU section of this installation manual.
Table 5-2. Equipment Required for Loading Electronic Manuals.
ITEM
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS
Personal computer
At least a 600-MHz Pentium III processor (or equivalent), 128 Megabyte RAM and 10 Gigabyte hard
drive. The PC uses the Windows 98, ME, NT, 2000, or XP operating system (preferred). The PC must
have Ethernet capability, and hardware must support 100 Base-T.
The PC needs to contain the files for manuals, or have a CD drive for reading the manuals CD.
Data Loader Software
Supports ARINC 615A loads for Ethernet based LRUs. ARINC 615A loads must be formatted per
ARINC 665 standards.
Cable
Category 5 Straight-through Ethernet cable with RJ-45 connectors on both ends.
5.3.3.2. Electronic Manuals Data Base Loading Procedures. The load procedure for electronic manuals uses shared directory functions of the MME. This is how a PC that is connected to the CES network can do administrative tasks on files kept on the
MME. Use Windows Explorer to do these administrative tasks.
5-3
maintenance
523-0808269
5.3.3.2.1. Set the Windows XP workstation to get an IP Address. There are multiple ways to do this:
Refer to Figure 5-1. The Windows XP workstation can get an IP Address automatically using DHCP by making sure the OBTAIN
AN IP ADDRESS AUTOMATICALLY radio button is selected on the GENERAL tab of the INTERNET PROTOCOL (TCP/IP)
PROPERTIES window.
An alternative way for the Windows XP workstation to get an IP Address is to use the NETSH command line. Refer to Figure
5-2. Start a command shell by entering CMD in the OPEN: text entry box in the RUN window. The RUN window is located on
the START Menu: START MENU > RUN.
Figure 5-1. Internet Protocol Categories
5-4
maintenance
523-0808269
Figure 5-2. Run Window

a.
From the Command Shell, enter IPCONFIG /ALL to identify the network ports available on the PC. Refer to Paragraph 5.3.3.3.
If the PC has more than one network connection available, determine the connection to the CES system by unplugging, the
network cable and running the IPCONFIG/ALL command. When a network connection is disabled due to the cable being
unplugged, the IP Address, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway will not be available for the displayed.
b.
Once the network connection to the CES is determined, set the connection up to use DHCP. Do this by entering the following
NETSH command (replace the text between the quotes with the network connection name identified in the IPCONFIG listing):
NETSH INTERFACE IP SET ADDRESS NAME= "LOCAL AREA CONNECTION 3" SOURCE=DHCP. Refer to Paragraph
5.3.3.3 for screen printouts of IPCONFIG and NETSH commands.
c.
Connect Windows XP bases workstation to the CES system, using an Ethernet straight-through cable.
d.
Open Windows Explorer from the window start menu.
e.
Go to START MENU > RUN. Enter EXPLORER.EXE in the OPEN: text entry box on the RUN window.
f.
Enter the IP address and the directory MANUALS of each, installed MME on the Address line. Ensure two back slashes
precede the IP address (for example, \\10.145.3.1\MANUALS or \\10.146.3.1\MANUALS). The IP address can be verified by
using NSLOOKUP with MME1.CES and AVODMANAGER.AIRCRAFT.CES. An example of output from the NSLOOKUP
command, which is run from the command prompt, is as follows:
C:\>nslookup mme1.ces
Server: tftp.ces
Address: 10.146.2.2
Name: mme1.ces
Address: 10.145.3.1
C:\>nslookup avodmanager.aircraft.ces
Server: pme2.aircraft.ces
Address: 10.146.2.2
5-5
maintenance
523-0808269
Non-authoritative answer:
Name: avodmanager.aircraft.ces
Address: 10.146.3.1
g.
Refer to Figure 5-3. Either drag and drop, or copy and paste, can be used to get files from the PC to the manuals directory on
the MME.
Figure 5-3. Windows Explorer

5.3.3.3. Electronic Manuals IPCONFIG Output. Screen outputs of the IPCONFIG command follow. These are used to find
which port is connected to the CES system with multiple-network ports.
Output if two ports are connected:
C:\>ipconfig /all
Windows IP Configuration
Host Name . . . . . . . . . . . . :
Primary Dns Suffix . . . . . . . :
Node Type . . . . . . . . . . . . :
IP Routing Enabled. . . . . . . . :
WINS Proxy Enabled. . . . . . . . :
DNS Suffix Search List. . . . . . :
CRL01158
Peer-Peer
No
No
rockwellcollins.com
Ethernet adapter CCANET:

Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : rockwellcollins.com
Description . . . . . . . . . . . : 3Com 3C920 Integrated
Fast Ethernet Controller (3C905C-TX Compatible) #2
5-6
maintenance
Physical Address.
Dhcp Enabled. . .
Autoconfiguration
IP Address. . . .
Subnet Mask . . .
Default Gateway .
DHCP Server . . .
DNS Servers . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
Enabled . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
131.198.67.175
Primary WINS Server . . . . . . .
Secondary WINS Server . . . . . .
Lease Obtained. . . . . . . . . .
2005 11:27:43 PM
Lease Expires . . . . . . . . . .
2006 11:27:43 PM
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
523-0808269
00-06-5B-2A-E1-5B
Yes
Yes
131.198.175.24
255.255.255.0
131.198.175.249
131.198.64.73
131.198.64.71
: 131.198.69.250
: 131.198.184.250
: Thursday, December 29,
: Thursday, January 19,
Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection 3:

Connection-specific DNS Suffix . :
Description . . . . . . . . . . . :
Adapter (Generic) #2
Physical Address. . . . . . . . . :
Dhcp Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . :
IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . :
Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . :
Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . :
DNS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . :
3Com 3C905TX-based Ethernet

00-10-4B-73-B6-90
No
10.146.128.1
255.240.0.0
10.144.0.254
Output if one port disconnected (Local Area Connection 3):

C:\>ipconfig /all
Windows IP Configuration
Host Name . . . . . . . . . . . . :
Primary Dns Suffix . . . . . . . :
Node Type . . . . . . . . . . . . :
IP Routing Enabled. . . . . . . . :
WINS Proxy Enabled. . . . . . . . :
DNS Suffix Search List. . . . . . :
CRL01158
Peer-Peer
No
No
rockwellcollins.com
Ethernet adapter CCANET:

Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : rockwellcollins.com
Description . . . . . . . . . . . : 3Com 3C920 Integrated
Fast Ethernet Controller (3C905C-TX Compatible) #2
Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : 00-06-5B-2A-E1-5B
Dhcp Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : Yes
Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes
IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . : 131.198.175.24
Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : 131.198.175.249
DHCP Server . . . . . . . . . . . : 131.198.64.73
DNS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . : 131.198.64.71
131.198.67.175
Primary WINS Server . . . . . . . : 131.198.69.250
5-7
maintenance
523-0808269
Secondary WINS Server . . . . . . : 131.198.184.250

Lease Obtained. . . . . . . . . . : Thursday, December 29,
2005 11:27:43 PM
Lease Expires . . . . . . . . . . : Thursday, January 19,
2006 11:27:43 PM
Ethernet
adapter Local Area Connection 3:
Media State . . . . . . . . . . . : Media disconnected
Description . . . . . . . . . . . : 3Com 3C905TX-based Ethernet
Adapter (Generic) #2
Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : 00-10-4B-73-B6-90
Using NETSH to set a network port to be dynamically assigned an IP:

C:\>netsh interface ip set address name= "Local Area Connection 3" source=dhcp
Ok.
5-8
maintenance
523-0808269
5.4. TEST/TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT.

Internal diagnostics test of the Cabin Electronic System requires no additional test equipment.
5.4.1. Power Requirements.
All power required to do the system tests and troubleshooting is provided by the airplane in which the system is installed.
5.5. DIAGNOSTIC DESCRIPTION.
Built-in system diagnostics monitor the reporting LRUs in the Cabin Electronic System. The diagnostics show both dynamic status
reports and recorded fault history logs. The following paragraphs describe the various diagnostic functions. Use these diagnostics
to test and troubleshoot the Cabin Electronic System. Know the functions of the diagnostic system, before starting to do the LRU
fault isolation procedures, shown later in this manual. The Galley Touch Screen Equipment (TSE) serves as the main CES built-in
test and diagnostic interface.
5.5.1. Maintenance Main Menu.
To enter diagnostics, do the steps that follow:
a.
Push the MAINTENANCE content category, on the top line of the galley TSE, to show the MAINTENANCE page. The
MAINTENANCE page has the buttons that follow:
STATUS
DIAGNOSTIC
HST
SYSTEM
MISC
MESSAGES.
b.
Push the STATUS button to show the STATUS page. The STATUS screen shows a high-level Go/No Go status of the cabin
systems and components.
c.
Push the DIAGNOSTIC button to show the DIAGNOSTIC page. The DIAGNOSTIC screens provide more detailed maintenance and diagnostic information. The FAULTS, COMMANDS, and CONFIG screens are available. The screens are intended
for use by maintenance personnel to evaluate the system and diagnose any problems. Information from the diagnostics screens
can be printed with the onboard computer.
d.
Push the HST button to show the HST page. The High Speed SATCOM Transceiver (HST) maintenance screens allow the
cabin crew to configure the Off Airplane Communications settings.
e.
Push the SYSTEM button to show the SYSTEM log-in page. The CES operations and configurations that require the expertise
of a maintenance technician are accessed by a password protected log-in screen. The password is typed into the password
field using the touch screen keyboard. Once a valid password has been entered, the SYSTEM subscreens become available.
Selecting another content category causes an automatic logout.
f.
Push the MISC. button to show master seat location and assignment and the screen calibration option.
g.
Push the MESSAGES button to show the system messages.
5-9
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.2. STATUS Page.

Refer to Figure 5-4 The MAINTENANCE STATUS page shows a high-level Go/No Go status of the cabin systems and components.
The system status display shows the status of LRUs in the CES System. Initially the display shows only those LRUs that are either
INOP or NOT AVAILABLE. The LRUs are sorted alphabetically grouped by failure status. The possible system statuses are INOP,
NOT AVAILABLE, or OK.
Figure 5-4. MAINTENANCE Category, STATUS Page

5.5.2.1. Refer to Figure 5-5. Push the VIEW ALL button to show all of the LRUs sorted alphabetically grouped by failure status.
a.
Push the PAGE up/down buttons to show the Go/No Go status of more LRUs. The page number shows between the PAGE
up/down buttons.
b.
Push the REFRESH button to update the LRU messages on the FAULTS page.
5-10
maintenance
523-0808269
Figure 5-5. MAINTENANCE Category, STATUS Page, VIEW ALL

5.5.2.2. Refer to Figure 5-6. Push the SEAT MAP button to show the CABIN SEAT LOCATION MAP. The map shows the cabin
configuration with the seats numbered.
5-11
maintenance
523-0808269
Figure 5-6. MAINTENANCE Category, STATUS Page, SEAT MAP
5-12
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.3. DIAGNOSTIC Page.

The DIAGNOSTIC page provides more detailed information from the central maintenance and diagnostic function. These pages
are intended for use by the maintenance personnel to evaluate the system and diagnose any problems. The information from the
FAULTS, COMMANDS, and CONFIG subscreens pages may be printed on the printer/scanner/fax. The DIAGNOSTIC page has
the tabbed subscreens that follow:
FAULTS
CURRENT
DETAILS
VARIABLES
ADDITIONAL
HISTORY
DETAILS
VARIABLES
ADDITIONAL
COMMANDS
CONFIG.
5-13
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.3.1. FAULTS CURRENT Page. Refer to Figure 5-7. The FAULTS/CURRENT tab page shows a list of currently nonfunctioning LRUs. These data fields show the names of each malfunctioning LRU, the LRU status message, and the diagnosed fault
message.
5.5.3.1.1. The LRU field names the LRU that is currently diagnosed as nonfunctional. Each LRU is a probable failed LRU, but
look at the status field before taking any action. The status field shows the messages that follow:
FAILED
FAILED/WIRING
OFF/NO OUTPUT
OVERHEAT
LRU OK/INFO
DEFERRED MAINT
MAINTENANCE.
5.5.3.1.2. The FAILED condition means that the diagnostics suspect a LRU failure and replace this LRU with a known good LRU.
The FAILED/WIRING condition means that the diagnostics suspect a LRU or wiring failure and test the wiring before replacing
this LRU. The OFF/NO OUTPUT condition means that no diagnostic words are received from that LRU and make sure that power
is input to the LRU before taking further action. The OVERHEAT condition means that a LRU is overheating and make sure the
fan/cooling system for that LRU is operating. The LRU OK/INFO condition means the LRU is good and message shows on the
diagnostic page to record an event. The DEFERRED MAINT condition means the LRU is good, but maintenance for example,
replacing a low battery will soon be required. The MAINTENANCE condition means the LRU requires maintenance.
5.5.3.1.3. The fault message field presents a plain English description of the problem.
a.
Push the PAGE up/down buttons to show the previous or next page. The page number shows between the PAGE up/down
buttons.
b.
Push the LINE up/down buttons to move the highlighted line up or down on the page.
c.
Push the REFRESH button to update the LRU messages on the FAULTS page.
d.
Push the SHOW DETAILS button to show the DETAILS page. Refer to Figure 5-9.
5-14
maintenance
523-0808269
Figure 5-7. MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS/CURRENT Tab
5-15
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.3.2. FAULTS HISTORY Page. Refer to Figure 5-8. The FAULTS/HISTORY tab page shows a list of the LRU fault entries
that have been shown on the FAULTS/CURRENT page. The LRU fault entries show when a fault is diagnosed. Each LRU fault
entry contains the name of the LRU that was defective during the flight or flight leg. The LRU fault entry also contains the time and
date of the failure, status, and fault message.
5.5.3.2.1. The LRU field gives the name of the LRU that was found defective. Each LRU shown is a possible LRU failure, but
personnel must look at the STATUS field before corrective action is done. The status field shows the messages that follow:
FAILED
FAILED/WIRING
OFF/NO OUTPUT
OVERHEAT
LRU OK/INFO
DEFERRED MAINT
MAINTENANCE.
5.5.3.2.2. The FAILED condition means that the diagnostics suspect an LRU failure and replace this LRU with a known good
LRU. The FAILED/WIRING condition means that the diagnostics suspect a LRU or wiring failure and test the wiring before replacing this LRU. The OFF/NO OUTPUT condition means that no diagnostic words are received from that LRU and make sure that
power is input to the LRU before taking further action. The OVERHEAT condition means that a LRU is overheating and make sure
the fan/cooling system for that LRU is operating. The LRU OK/INFO condition means the LRU is good and the message shows on
the diagnostic page to record an event. The DEFERRED MAINT condition means the LRU is good, but maintenance for example,
replacing a low battery will soon be required. The MAINTENANCE condition means the LRU requires maintenance. The fault
message field presents a plain English description of the problem. The DATE/TIME line is a list of the date and time the faults
occurred.
a.
Push the PAGE up/down buttons to show the previous or next page.
b.
Push the LINE up/down buttons to move highlighted line up or down on the page.
c.
Push the CLEAR button to delete the LRU fault history from the HISTORY page.
d.
PushTouch the REFRESH button to update the LRU messages on the FAULTS page.
e.
Push the SHOW DETAILS button to show the DETAILS page. Refer to Figure 5-9.
5-16
maintenance
523-0808269
Figure 5-8. MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS/HISTORY Tab
5-17
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.3.2.3. Fault Details Page. Refer to Figure 5-9. On the FAULTS/CURRENT or FAULTS/HISTORY page, move the highlight line to the desired LRU and push the SHOW DETAILS button to show the DETAILS page. The DETAILS page shows the
LRU fault entry with additional information. The LRU fault entry contains the name of the LRU, status, EQUATION ID number,
fault message, logic equation, and a fault message explanation.
5.5.3.2.4. The EQUATION ID line shows the equation number. The logic equation lines show the terms that were used to detect
the fault. The equation must be true to show the fault message. The EQUATION ID line shows the equation number. The logic
equation lines show the terms that were used to detect the fault. The equation must be true to show the fault message. The fault
message field shows a plain English description of the problem. Refer to the Fault Isolation Manual (CPN 523-0808242) and follow
troubleshooting procedures to determine the fault. The DATE/TIME line is a list of the date and time the faults occurred.
a.
Push the REFRESH button to update the LRU message on the DETAILS page.
b.
Push the HIDE DETAILS button to return to the previous FAULTS page.
5-18
maintenance
523-0808269
Figure 5-9. MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS, DETAILS Tab
5-19
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.3.2.5. Fault Variables Page. Refer to Figure 5-10. On the FAULTS/CURRENT or FAULTS/HISTORY page, move the
highlight line to the desired LRU and push the SHOW DETAILS button to show the DETAILS page. Push the VARIABLES tab to
show the VARIABLES page. The VARIABLES page shows the LRU name, status, EQUATION ID number, fault message, and the
logic of the terms used in the logic equation.
a.
Push the PAGE up/down buttons to show the previous or next page. (Version 6.3)
b.
Push the REFRESH button to update the LRU message on the VARIABLES page.
c.
Figure 5-10. MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS, VARIABLES Tab
5-20
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.3.2.6. Fault Additional Page. Refer to Figure 5-11. On the FAULTS/CURRENT or FAULTS/HISTORY page, move the
highlight line to the desired LRU and push the SHOW DETAILS button to show the DETAILS page. Push the ADDITIONAL tab
to show the ADDITIONAL page. The ADDITIONAL page shows the LRU name, status, EQUATION ID number, fault message,
and any additional information about the fault equation.
a.
b.
Push the REFRESH button to update the LRU message on the ADDITIONAL page.
c.
Figure 5-11. MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS, ADDITIONAL Tab
5-21
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.3.3. COMMANDS Page. Refer to Figure 5-12. The COMMANDS page shows the event log of system commands and the
results that were logged by the central maintenance system. Each command entry contains the name of the command, the date, and
time.
a.
b.
Push the REFRESH button to update the commands on the COMMANDS page.
c.
Push the PRINT button to print the COMMANDS page.
d.
Push the CLEAR button to delete the COMMANDS from the COMMANDS page.
Figure 5-12. MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, COMMANDS Tab
5-22
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.3.4. CONFIG Page. Refer to Figure 5-13. The CONFIG tab shows the application software file names and the part numbers.
a.
b.
Push the PRINT button to print the CONFIG page.
Figure 5-13. MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, CONFIG Tab
5-23
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.4. HST Page.

Refer to Figure 5-14. The HST screens allow the cabin crew to configure OFF AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATIONS settings. The
HST page has the tabbed subscreens that follow:
MAIN SETUP
DUAL SETUP
ACCESS.
5.5.4.1. MAIN SETUP Page. The MAIN SETUP screen has the CONNECTION SETUP and OFF AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION control functions.
a.
Refer to Figure 5-15. Push the CONNECTION TYPE button to go back and forth between CIRCUIT MODE and PACKET
connections. The SERVICE NAME/DIAL UP NUMBER shows the entered service name or dial up number. The SERVICE
NAME/DIAL UP NUMBER shows MPDS for a PACKET type connection.
Figure 5-14. MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, MAIN SETUP Tab, PACKET
5-24
maintenance
523-0808269
Figure 5-15. MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, MAIN SETUP Tab, CIRCUIT MODE
b.
Refer to Figure 5-16. Push the KEYBOARD button to show a screen keyboard to use for data entry. Push the keyboard CAPS
LOCK key to move between the upper and lower case letters. The number keys show with the lower case alphabet keys.
5-25
maintenance
523-0808269
Figure 5-16. MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, MAIN SETUP Tab, KEYBOARD
5-26
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.4.2. DUAL SETUP Page.

a.
Refer to Figure 5-17. Push the DUAL SETUP tab to show the HST DUAL SETUP page.
b.
Push the OFF AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION button to move between enable/disable. The STATUS display shows the
condition of the OFF AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION through the high-speed datalink. The possible STATUS conditions
follow:
DISABLED - datalink disabled
CONNECTED - datalink enabled and in use
DISCONNECTED - datalink enabled and not in use.
c.
The SERVICE NAME/DIAL UP NUMBER shows the entered service name or dial up number. The BANDWIDTH THRESHOLD shows connection threshold in percentage. The THRESHOLD TIMEOUT shows the connection time-out in seconds.
d.
Push the KEYBOARD button to show a screen keyboard to use for data entry. Push the keyboard CAPS LOCK key to move
between the upper and lower case letters. The number keys show with the lower case alphabet keys.
Figure 5-17. MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, DUAL SETUP Tab
5-27
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.4.3. ACCESS Page.

a.
Refer to Figure 5-18. Push the ACCESS tab to show the HST ACCESS page. The ACCESS page sets the USERNAME AND
PASSWORD for the SATCOM service.
b.
Push the KEYBOARD button to show a screen keyboard to use for data entry.
c.
Push the keyboard CAPS LOCK key to move between the upper and lower case letters. The number keys show with the lower
case alphabet keys.
d.
Push the USERNAME data entry field and enter the user name using the KEYBOARD.
e.
Push the RETURN button to save changes to the data entry field.
f.
Push the PASSWORD data entry field and enter the password using the KEYBOARD.
g.
Push the RETURN button to save changes to the data entry field.
h.
Push the ENTER button to enter the password.
Figure 5-18. MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, ACCESS Tab
5-28
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.5. SYSTEM Page.

Refer to Figure 5-19. The CES system operations and configurations that require the expertise of a maintenance technician or Rockwell Collins service center personnel are accessed by a password protected log-in screen. The password (123456) is typed in the
password field using the screen keyboard and input to the system using the LOG-IN pushbutton. Selecting another content category causes an automatic log-out. Selecting another MAINTENANCE category and returning to SYSTEM does not require another
log-in. Once a valid password has been entered into the SYSTEM LOG-IN screen, the SYSTEM subscreens show on the display.
The SYSTEM page has the tabbed subscreens that follow:
LIGHT
ENTERTAINMENT
CES.
Figure 5-19. MAINTENANCE Category, SYSTEM LOGIN Page
5-29
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.5.1. LIGHT Page. The LIGHT page allows the cabin crew to change and set the power up values of cabin lighting. The
LIGHT page also allows the cabin crew ability to rename the color of the lights. (Color option is not part of version 6.3.) Refer to
Figure 5-20 and Figure 5-21 for the airplane configuration type screen.
5-30
maintenance
523-0808269
Figure 5-20. MAINTENANCE Category, LIGHT Page, UPPER and LOWER Configuration Tab
5-31
maintenance
523-0808269
Figure 5-21. MAINTENANCE Category, LIGHT Page, FWD and AFT Configuration Tab
5-32
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.5.1.1. Refer to Figure 5-22. Push any SELECT LIGHTS TO SET POWER UP DEFAULT VALUE button fields to set the
corresponding value. Push the up/down arrows to adjust the DEFAULT VALUE to desired value. Push the X button to exit SET
POWER UP DEFAULT VALUE button field and return to the LIGHT page.
5-33
maintenance
523-0808269
Figure 5-22. MAINTENANCE Category, LIGHT Page, SET POWER UP DEFAULT VALUE Adjustment
5-34
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.5.1.2. Refer to Figure 5-23. Push the COLOR NAMES CHANGE button to access the CHANGE COLOR NAMES page (Not
part of Version 6.3.). Pushing the desired color name allows editing of corresponding color name field using the displayed keyboard.
Push the SAVE button to save all changes and then push the X button to return to LIGHT page.
Figure 5-23. MAINTENANCE Category, LIGHT Page, CHANGE COLOR NAMES (Not part of version 6.3)
5-35
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.5.2. ENTERTAINMENT Page. Refer to Figure 5-24. The ENTERTAINMENT page has two CUSTOM AUDIO PRESET
CONFIGURATIONS. Push the BASS, MID, or TREB up/down arrows to move the slider bar. When the desired levels are set, push
the SAVE button to store the CUSTOM PRESET levels.
Figure 5-24. MAINTENANCE Category, ENTERTAINMENT Page, CUSTOM AUDIO Tab
5-36
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.5.3. CES Page. Refer to Figure 5-25. The Cabin Electronic System (CES) page allows the maintenance personnel to see
the input/output activity in the Modular Cabinet Equipment (MCE). The DISCRETE STATUS shows the status of the 16 discrete
inputs and the 16 discrete outputs. The DISCRETE STATUS shows green when the discrete is asserted.
Figure 5-25. MAINTENANCE Category, CES Page, MCE Tab
5-37
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.6. MISCELLANEOUS Page.

Refer to Figure 5-26. Push the SELECT MASTER SEAT graphic to assign master seat. Push the CALIBRATION button to calibrate
touch screen function.
Figure 5-26. MAINTENANCE Category, MISC. Page, SELECT MASTER SEAT
5-38
maintenance
523-0808269
5.5.7. MESSAGES Page.

Refer to Figure 5-27. The MESSAGES screen shows system messages that can be selected for display on screens as the event occurs.
The selectable events are as follows:
INCOMING FAX
CHECK CONFIG
CHECK MAINTENANCE.
Push each white box to add or remove check mark of each selection. Push SELECT ALL button to show all messages. Push
DELETE to delete all messages from the selected field.
Figure 5-27. MAINTENANCE Category, MESSAGES Page, MESSAGES
5-39
maintenance
523-0808269
5.6. HIGH LEVEL TROUBLESHOOTING.

5.6.1. Fault Isolation Setup Conditions.
Before starting the fault isolation, set up the conditions that follow:
a.
The cabin system power-on procedure is correctly followed.
b.
Make sure that all related airplane circuit breakers are in and CES power is ON.
c.
The IRS must be aligned for SAT TV operation.
d.
The FMS initialized and a flight plan is entered (if troubleshooting moving map problems).
e.
The airplane is outside the hangar (for SATCOM, Iridium, and SAT-TV problems).
f.
Make sure there are no messages on the MAINTENANCE STATUS page, or any messages that remain have known causes.
g.
The oxygen system mode is set to OFF.
h.
Make sure the Oxygen Test switch in the cockpit is not set.
i.
Make sure the water tank is filled and catch basins are in place before troubleshooting water system.
j.
Make sure the correct CES software is loaded. Look at the MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC screen CONFIG tab for the
software part numbers.
5.6.2. Cabin Symptom - Black Cockpit TSE.

Make sure the problem is only with one or more than one Cockpit Touch Screen Equipment (TSE).
5.6.2.1. If airplane is equipped with one Cockpit TSE (copilot-side) then do as follows:
NOTE
Make sure Cockpit TSE is not dimmed 100%.
a.
Look for a Cockpit TSE message on the Galley TSE MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC screen and refer to the related troubleshooting procedure.
b.
Look for a DTE 4 message on the Galley TSE MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC screen and refer to the related troubleshooting
procedure.
c.
Make sure the Cockpit TSE power and wiring between the DTE 2 and Cockpit TSE airplane connector is correct.
d.
If power and wiring is correct, remove and replace the Cockpit TSE.
5.6.2.2. If airplane is equipped with two Cockpit TSE, then do the steps as follows:
NOTE
Make sure Cockpit TSE is not dimmed 100%.
a.
Look for a Cockpit TSE message on the Galley TSE MAINTENANCE page and refer to the related troubleshooting procedure.
b.
Look for a DTE message on the Galley TSE MAINTENANCE page and refer to the related troubleshooting procedure (DTE
2 for RH Cockpit TSE, DTE 1 for LH Cockpit TSE).
c.
If there are no DTE messages, go to the next step.
d.
Pull out the CB for Cockpit TSE 1 and TSE 2.
e.
Swap the connector J2 between DTE 2 and DTE 1.
f.
Push in the CB for Cockpit TSE 1 and TSE 2.
g.
Make sure the problem has moved to the other side.
h.
If problem has changed sides, remove the failed DTE and install a serviceable DTE.
i.
If problem did not change sides, go to the next step.
5-40
maintenance
j.
Make sure the Cockpit TSE power and wiring between the DTE and the Cockpit TSE connector is correct.
k.
If wiring test is good, remove the failed Cockpit TSE and install a serviceable Cockpit TSE.
523-0808269
5.6.3. Cabin Symptom - Call Inoperative.

Refer to the Cabin Symptom - Switch Problems Troubleshooting Procedures, Paragraph 5.6.20.
5.6.4. Cabin Symptom - Cockpit TSE Out of Calibration.
The Cockpit TSE is out of calibration when the user selects a button and another button function shows on the screen. The user
calibrates the Cockpit TSE with the MAINTENANCE>MISC>SETUP>BEGIN TOUCHSCREEN CALIBRATION buttons. Carefully follow the instructions on the Cockpit TSE screen. If a mistake is made, pull and reset the Cockpit TSE circuit breaker, and
calibration will not be saved. If the user can not reach the CALIBRATE TSE button, then the Cockpit TSE is out of calibration.
a.
Pull and reset the Cockpit TSE circuit breaker.
b.
If unable to calibrate the Cockpit TSE, replace DTE.
5.6.5. Cabin Symptom - Cockpit TSE Power ON and Stuck at Waiting Network Configuration.
Look for a DTE message on the galley TSE MAINTENANCE page and refer to the related troubleshooting procedure (DTE 2 for
RH Cockpit TSE, DTE 1 for LH Cockpit TSE).
5.6.6. Cabin Symptom - Ethernet Jack Inoperative (No Connection with Laptop to CES).
Make sure problem is only with the RJ-45 Ethernet jack.
a.
Test the other RJ-45 Ethernet jacks connected to the same ZDE as the non-operational RJ-45 Ethernet jack.
b.
If none of the RJ-45 Ethernet jacks connected to the ZDE are operational, then remove the ZDE and install a serviceable ZDE.
c.
If the other RJ-45 Ethernet jacks are operational, make sure the wiring between the ZDE and RJ-45 Ethernet jack is correct.
d.
If the wiring is correct, then replace the RJ-45 Ethernet jack.
5.6.7. Cabin Symptom - No AFT Bulkhead Monitor Audio in Cabin.

Troubleshoot a No AFT Bulkhead Monitor Audio in Cabin problem as follows:
a.
Power up the Cabin Electronics System. Refer to the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
b.
Play a video on the bulkhead monitor.
c.
Select the same bulkhead monitor on the cabin speakers.
d.
Push the ENTERTAINMENT category on the top row of the galley touch screen.
e.
Push the SETTINGS button on the left side of the galley touch screen.
f.
Push the AUDIO tab.
g.
Select the AFT BULKHEAD MONITOR.
h.
If the cabin speakers do not make sound, then test the signal path to the ZDE number 3.
i.
On a headset connected to ZDE number 3, select the AFT BULKHEAD MONITOR as the audio source.
j.
If the audio is present, this indicates the ZDE has a good Ethernet input (with PCM audio).
k.
Look at the ZDE diagnostics for a ZDE PCM audio decoder failure. If present, replace the ZDE number 3.
l.
Disconnect the ZDE number 3 mating connector and test the stereo amplifier audio wires for open or short to ground.
5.6.8. Cabin Symptom - No FWD Bulkhead Monitor Audio in Cabin.

Troubleshoot a No FWD Bulkhead Monitor Audio in Cabin problem as follows:
a.
b.
c.
Select the same bulkhead monitor on the cabin speakers.
d.
Push the ENTERTAINMENT category on the top row of the galley touch screen.
5-41
maintenance
523-0808269
e.
Push the SETTINGS button on the left side of the galley touch screen.
f.
Push the AUDIO tab.
g.
Select the FORWARD BULKHEAD MONITOR.
h.
If the cabin speakers do not make sound, then test the signal path to the ZDE number 1.
i.
On a headset connected to ZDE number 1, select the FORWARD BULKHEAD MONITOR as the audio source.
j.
If the audio is present, this indicates the ZDE has a good Ethernet input (with PCM audio).
k.
Look at the ZDE diagnostics for a ZDE PCM audio decoder failure. If present, replace the ZDE number 1.
l.
Disconnect the ZDE number 1 mating connector and test the stereo amplifier audio wires for open or short to ground.
5.6.9. Cabin Symptom - No Audio in Headset.

Troubleshoot a No Audio in Headset problem as follows:
a.
b.
c.
Select the same bulkhead monitor on the failed headset and another headset in the same zone.
NOTE
Noise-cancelling headsets have an ON/OFF switch and a battery. Make sure the headset is turned on and has a
good battery.
d.
Audio present in one headset and absent in the other headset indicates the ZDE has a good Ethernet input (with PCM audio)
from the MCE.
e.
Swap the headsets. If the failure follows the headset, then replace the failed headset.
f.
If the headset swap does not correct the fault, look at the ZDE diagnostics for a ZDE audio failure. If present, replace the ZDE.
g.
Make sure the headset jack does not contain foreign objects and the headset plug is fully seated into the jack.
h.
Disconnect the ZDE mating connector and test the headset audio wires for open or short to ground.
i.
Audio absent in both headsets indicates a failed ZDE or the source equipment audio is not encoded.
j.
Select the same bulkhead monitor on a headset in another seat. If the source equipment can be heard, this indicates the source
equipment is serviceable.
k.
Look at the ZDE diagnostics for a ZDE failure. If present, replace the ZDE.
l.
Watch a video on the local seat Touch Screen Equipment (TSE) and no audio heard in headset.
m. Look at the TSE diagnostics for a TSE audio failure. If present, replace the TSE. The TSE decodes the MPEG stream into video
and audio. The TSE encodes the audio to PCM and outputs to the ZDE.
n.
Look at the ZDE diagnostics for a ZDE audio failure. If present, replace the ZDE. The ZDE decodes the PCM and outputs the
analog audio signal to the headset.
5.6.10. Cabin Symptom - No Moving Map.

Troubleshoot a No Moving Map problem as follows:
a.
b.
Make sure a flight plan is active in the FMS.
c.
Push the AIRSHOW category on the top row of the galley TSE.
d.
Push the MAPS button on the left side of the galley TSE.
e.
If the Airshow Map function does not work, then reload the software for the Airshow function.
f.
If the Airshow Map function does not work after the software reload, then replace the MME.
5-42
maintenance
523-0808269
5.6.11. Cabin Symptom - No Satellite TV Available on Monitors and Touch Screens.

Make sure the problem is only a No Satellite TV on Monitors and Touch Screens problem.
a.
On the Galley TSE, select ENTERTAINMENT>SAT TV>.
b.
Select a SAT TV for the region in which you currently are. (In the US, select a US receiver.)
c.
Make sure the top bar shows the receiver number.
d.
If no receiver information shows, make sure the RDU power LED is turned on, the IN Region LED is turned on, and the airplane
Inertial Reference System (IRS) must be aligned.
e.
If no power to RDU, reset the RDU/Enc circuit breaker. Test the circuit breaker and power wiring.
f.
If the power to the RDU is present. Test the video wiring between the RDUs and the VEE.
g.
If wiring is good, continue troubleshooting to RDU and/or VEE.
h.
On the Galley TSE select ENTERTAINMENT>SAT TV>GUIDE.
i.
Make sure the receiver GUIDE shows on the Galley TSE preview screen. Make sure the channel changes from with the arrow
controls and the keypad.
j.
If the receiver GUIDE does not show, make sure the RS-485 control bus between the RDU 1 and the VEE is operational.
k.
If SAT TV is not available, refer to the SAT TV TW-300 Installation Manual.
5.6.12. Cabin Symptom - No Video on Aft Bulkhead Monitor.

Troubleshoot a No Video on Aft Bulkhead Monitor problem as follows:
a.
b.
Play a video on the aft bulkhead monitor.
c.
Push the ENTERTAINMENT category on the top row of the Galley TSE.
d.
Push the SETTINGS button on the left side of the Galley TSE.
e.
Make sure the monitor POWER button shows ON.
f.
Select a video source.
g.
If the aft bulkhead monitor is blank, suspect the audio to PCM and outputs to the ZDE.
h.
Look at the DTE number 2 diagnostics for a DTE failure. If present, replace the DTE number 2.
i.
Make sure the Ethernet wiring to ZDE number 3 is good.
j.
Select the video source on a TSE connected to ZDE number 3. If the video shows, then the ZDE number 3 is good.
k.
Look at the ZDE number 3 diagnostics for a ZDE failure. If present, replace the ZDE number 3.
l.
If the DTE and ZDE diagnostics do not show a failure, then replace the aft bulkhead monitor.
5.6.13. Cabin Symptom - No Video on Forward Bulkhead Monitor.

Troubleshoot a No Video on Forward Bulkhead Monitor problem as follows:
a.
b.
Play a video on the forward bulkhead monitor.
c.
Push the ENTERTAINMENT category on the top row of the Galley TSE.
d.
Push the SETTINGS button on the left side of the Galley TSE.
e.
Push the FWD BULKHEAD tab on the galley TSE.
f.
Make sure the monitor POWER button shows ON.
g.
Select a video source.
h.
If the forward bulkhead monitor is blank, suspect the audio to PCM and outputs to the ZDE.
5-43
maintenance
523-0808269
i.
Look at the DTE number 1 diagnostics for a DTE failure. If present, replace the DTE number 1.
j.
Make sure the Ethernet wiring to ZDE number 1 is good.
k.
Select the video source on a TSE connected to ZDE number 1. If the video shows, then the ZDE number 1 is serviceable.
l.
Look at the ZDE number 1 diagnostics for a ZDE failure. If present, replace the ZDE number 1.
m. If the DTE and ZDE diagnostics do not show a failure, then replace the forward bulkhead monitor.
5.6.14. Cabin Symptom - No Video on Touch Screen Equipment.
The touch screen is blank but the audio can be heard. Troubleshoot as follows:
a.
NOTE
Make sure TSE display is not dimmed 100%.
b.
Cycle associated circuit breaker. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
c.
When the power is turned on, watch the TSE screen. If the TSE screen remains blank, then suspect the ZDE and the RS-232
bus from the ZDE to the TSE.
d.
If the screen flashes and goes blank, then the RS-232 bus from the ZDE is operational. The ZDE tried to turn on the TSE.
Replace the TSE.
e.
If multiple seats in the same zone do not have video on the TSE, go to next step.
f.
Replace the ZDE that supplies video to that seat zone.
g.
Look at the ZDE diagnostics for a ZDE failure. If present, replace the ZDE.
5.6.15. Cabin Symptom - 3.8-Inch TSE Inoperative.

Make sure the problem is only a 3.8 TSE Inoperative fault. Troubleshoot the fault as follows:
a.
b.
Look for a 3.8-inch LCD message on the galley TSE MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC screen and refer to the related troubleshooting procedure.
c.
Cycle power to the ZDE and RDE. If fault still exists on the galley TSE MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC screen, then go to
next the next step.
d.
Make sure the TSE power and wiring between the RDE and TSE airplane connector is correct.
e.
If power and wiring is correct, remove and replace the 3.8-inch TSE.
5.6.16. Cabin Symptom - No Wireless Connection (Using Laptop or WPCU).

Make sure the problem is only a No Wireless Connection fault. Troubleshoot the fault as follows:
a.
Using a laptop with a known good wireless adapter, go inside the airplane and check for availability of the airplane wireless
connection.
b.
If no wireless connection detected. Connect the laptop in the cabin RJ-45 Ethernet jack to the CES using a RJ-45 Ethernet cable
and access the www.aircraft.ces page according to the CES 605 Operators Guide.
c.
Click on WIRELESS.
d.
On the WLU WELCOME page, select LOGIN (login: admin, password: admin).
e.
Push the NETWORK tab.
f.
Make sure the frequency channel is 11. If frequency channel is different than 11, select 11 from the drop down box.
g.
Push SAVE, and make sure the frequency channel shows 11.
h.
Look at the message on TSE MAINTENANCE page and refer to the appropriate troubleshooting procedures.
5-44
maintenance
523-0808269
i.
Gain access to the WLU in the forward avionics bay and make sure the RF enable light is green.
j.
If WLU RF enable is amber, ensure antenna is connected. If antenna is connected, test the wiring between MCE 1 (J1 pin 3)
and WLU (J1 pin 15).
k.
If WLU RF enable light is green, retry with another laptop or replace the WLU.
l.
If the WLU WELCOME page is not available, look at the power light status on the WLU (located in the forward avionics bay).
m. If power light is off on the WLU, test the wiring and the circuit breaker, remove the WLU and replace it with a serviceable
WLU.
n.
If power light is on (green), remove the WLU and replace it with a serviceable WLU.
o.
Use the Wireless Passenger Control Unit (WPCU). Make sure the pop-up window shows CONNECTING TO CES.
p.
If the pop-up window CONNECTING TO CES does not show, use the browser function to delete browser history and files.
q.
Use a paper clip point to push the WPCU reset button (bottom of unit).
r.
The WPCU will reboot, connect to the system, and download the WPCU files from the PME. This process may take 5-6 minutes.
s.
If the pop-up window CONNECTING TO CES does not show, replace the WPCU.
5.6.17. Cabin Symptom - Pronto Remote Control Inoperative.

The remote control does not operate the assigned functions (e.g., audio select, speaker select, volume, lights). The remote control
does not respond to inputs (buttons pushed).
a.
Make sure the remote has new batteries or is fully charged.
b.
Listen for the beep audio feedback to screen touches or button pushes.
c.
Make sure the proper mode is selected. When a button is pushed, the selected MODE button on the left side flashes.
d.
Make sure the antenna is connected to the MDSB/IR Interface Unit.
e.
Make sure that the correct remote control part number is used (zone specific remote software). Refer to the airplane installation
drawing and software specification.
f.
If the MDSB/IR Interface Unit is offline or not powered.

(1) Make sure the MDSB/IR Interface Unit has input power. Make sure the power is turned on.
(2) Make sure that the diagnostic window, on the MDSB/IR Interface Unit, shows OL for the online status.
(3) The receiver antenna on the MDSB/IR Interface Unit is not connected. Get access to the antenna and make sure the mating
connector is properly seated and secured.
5.6.18. Cabin Symptom - Read and Table Lights Inoperative (Only One Read/Table Light).
Read and table lights inoperative, troubleshoot as follows:
a.
Test the operation of the call switch. This indicates that the switch panel is powered and communicating with the CES.
b.
If the call is inoperative, go to the Switch Panel troubleshooting. Refer to Paragraph 5.6.20.
c.
If the read/table light does not turn on, gain access to the RDE that controls the read/table light and make sure the power supply
is available.
IN THE STEP THAT FOLLOWS 28 V DC IS SUPPLIED TO THE LIGHT THROUGH A JUMPER WIRE. USE
CARE TO PREVENT SHORT CIRCUITS TO SURROUNDING OBJECTS AND PERSONNEL.
d.
If power is present to the RDE connector, install a jumper between the feeder and the read/table light wiring.
e.
If the read/table light turns on, remove and replace the RDE.
f.
If the read/table light does not turn on, test the wiring from RDE to read/table light.
5-45
maintenance
g.
523-0808269
If power is not present to the RDE connector, test the wiring and circuit breaker.
5.6.19. Cabin Symptom - Read and Table Lights Inoperative (More Than One Read/Table Light).
More than one read and table lights inoperative, troubleshoot as follows:
a.
Make sure the read/table lights circuit breakers and the call switches are operational. This will insure the switch panel is powered
and communicating with the CES.
b.
If the call switches are inoperative, go to the Switch Panel - More Than One Switch Panels troubleshooting.
c.
If the read/table light does not turn on, gain access to the RDE controlling the read/table light and make sure that it is supplied
with power.
IN THE STEP THAT FOLLOWS 28 V DC IS SUPPLIED TO THE LIGHT THROUGH A JUMPER WIRE. USE
CARE TO PREVENT SHORT CIRCUITS TO SURROUNDING OBJECTS AND PERSONNEL.
d.
If power is present to the RDE connector, install a jumper between the feeder and the read/table light wiring.
e.
If the read/table light turns on, replace the RDE.
f.
If the read/table light does not turn on. Test the wiring from RDE to the read/table light.
g.
If power is not supplied to the RDE connector, make sure the wiring and the circuit breaker are correct.
5.6.20. Cabin Symptom - Switch Problems.

Make sure the problem is only with one or with more than one switch panel. Troubleshoot as follows:
a.
If with one switch panel:

(1) Make sure the power is supplied to the switch.
(2) If backlighting is present, make sure the flashing health monitor light shows on the back of the switch.
(3) If the health monitor light is flashing, make sure the address of the switch is correct. (S3, S2, S1 rotary selectors are located
under the switch panel.) If switch address is correct, replace the switch panel.
(4) If the flashing health monitor is not flashing, replace the switch panel.
(5) If backlighting is not present, make sure the power is supplied to the switch. Test the wiring to the switch and circuit
breaker.
b.
If the problem is with more than one switch panel:

(1) Make sure the power is supplied to the switches.
(2) If backlighting is present, make sure the switch health monitor light is flashing.
(3) If the switch health monitor light is flashing, make sure the switch address is correct (S3, S2, S1). If the switch address is
correct, replace switch panel.
(4) If the switch health monitor light is not flashing, make sure the MDSB bus wiring (A, /A, B, /B) is correct.
(5) If backlighting is not present, make sure the power is supplied to the switches. If no power is supplied to the switches, test
the wiring and the circuit breaker.
5-46
523-0808269
CHAPTER 6
Bulletins
6.1. SERVICE BULLETINS AND SERVICE INFORMATION LETTERS.
Refer to the latest edition/addendum of the Business and Regional Systems Equipment Service Bulletin/Information Letter Index
523-0766944 for up-to-date listing.
Table 6-1. Service Bulletins and Service Information Letters.
SB/SIL
NUMBER
MCE-600007-1
UNIT
TITLE
DATE
MCE-6000
Airshow CES, MCE-6000 Spacer Causing Intermittent MME

Operation
Apr 5/07
6-1/(6-2 Blank)
523-0808269
GLOSSARY
Term
Definition
A-BPSK
Aeronautical Binary Phase Shift Keying
A-QPSK
Aeronautical Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
A/C
Aircraft
A/D
Analog-To-Digital
AC
Alternating Current
ACARS
Aircraft Communications Addressing and Reporting System
ACK
Acknowledge signal
ACP
Audio Control Panel
ACU
Antenna Control Unit
ADS
Automatic Dependent Surveillance
ADSU
Automatic Dependent Surveillance Unit
AEEC
Airline Electronic Engineering Committee
AES
Aircraft Earth Station
AFC
Automatic Frequency Control
AFIS
AFIS (): trademark of the Global Wulfsburg Airborne Flight Information System
AGC
Automatic Gain Control
ALC
Automatic Level Control
AMP
Audio Management Panel
AOC
Airline Operational Control
AOR-E
Atlantic Ocean Region East
AOR-W
Atlantic Ocean Region West
ARINC
Aeronautical Radio, Inc.
ARQ
Automatic Repeat Request
ASDL
Aeronautical Satellite Data Link
ATC
Air Traffic Control
ATE
Automatic Test Equipment
ATN
Aeronautical Telecommunication Network
ATS
Air Traffic Services
BCD
Binary Coded Decimal
BDE
Bulkhead Display Equipment
BER
Bit Error Rate
BITE
Built-In Test Equipment
Glossary-1
glossary
523-0808269
GLOSSARY
Term
Definition
BNR
Binary
BP
Bottom Plug (of J1 of SRT-2100)
BPS (bps)
Bits Per Second
BPSK
Binary Phase Shift Keying
BSU
Beam Steering Unit
BW
Bandwidth
C/No
Carrier-to-Noise-density ratio
C/M
Carrier to Multipath
C-band
Frequency band from 4 to 6 GHz
C-Channel
Circuit mode channel used for both outbound and inbound messages (voice, data, or both)
C-to-L
C-Band to L-band
CCIR
Consultative Committee of International Radio
CCITT
International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee
CCS
Cabin Communications System (CEPT-E1 digital interface)
CDE
Multi Disk DVD/CD Equipment
CDU
Control Display Unit
CEPT
Conference Europene des Postes et Tlcommunications
CES
Cabin Electronics System
CFDIU
Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit
CFDS
Centralized Fault Display System
CIFS
Common Internet File System
CIU
Cabin Interface Unit
CKPT
Cockpit
CMF
Centralized Maintenance Function
CMU
Communications Management Unit
CNTL
Control
CODEC
Coder/Decoder
CORE
Common Reuseable Elements
COTS
Commercial Off The Shelf
CPCI
Compact Peripheral Component Interface
CPD
Circuit Protection Device
CPN
Collins Part Number
CRC
Cyclic Redundancy Check
CRE
Cord Reel Equipment
Glossary-2
glossary
523-0808269
GLOSSARY
Term
Definition
CTRL
Control
CTS
Clear To Send
CTU
Cabin Telephone Unit
CWLU
Cabin Wireless LAN Unit
dB
Decibel(s)
dBHz
Decibel Hertz
dBi
Decibels relative to isotropic
dBK
Decibel Kelvin
dBM
Decibel(s) below 1 Milliwatt
dBW
Decibel Watts
DC
Direct Current
DCE
Data Communications Equipment
DDI
Direct Dial-In
DEAP
Delayed Echo Application
DEAPDU
Delayed Echo Application Data Unit
DEG
Degrees
DEV
Deviation
DFDU
Digital Flight Data Unit
DFDIU
Digital Flight Data Instrument Unit
DLC
Data Link Control
DLS
Direct Link Service
DMA
Direct Memory Access
DMM
Digital Multimeter
DPLXR
Diplexer
DSP
Digital Signal Processor
DTE
Digital Tapping Equipment
DTMF
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
DVM
Digital Voltmeter
DVR
Digital Video Recorder
EEPROM
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
EFB
Electronic Flight Bag
EICAS
Engine Indicating and Crew Alerting System
EIRP
Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power
ENQ
Enquire
Glossary-3
glossary
523-0808269
GLOSSARY
Term
Definition
EPLD
Electrically Programmable Logic Device
EOT
End Of Text
EPROM
Electrically Programmable Read Only Memory
ESD
Electrostatic Discharge
ESDS
Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Devices
ESE
Ethernet Switch Equipment
ETSI
European Telecommunications Standards Institute
ETX
End-of-Transmission
FAA
Federal Aviation Administration (USA)
FCC
Federal Communications Commission (USA)
FDMA
Frequency Division Multiple Access
FEC
Forward Error Correction
FHW
Fault History Word
FIFO
First In, First Out
fL
foot Lamberts (luminance unit)
FLS
Field Loadable Software
FMC
Flight Management Computer
FSU
File Server Unit
FTP
File Transfer Protocol
FW
Failure Warning
FWD
Forward
G/T
Receive gain/system noise temperature
GDC
Global Data Center
GES
Ground Earth Station
GFI
General Format Indicator
GHz
Gigahertz (109 Hertz)
GMT
Greenwich Mean Time
GPS
Global Positioning System
GSDB
GES Specific Data Broadcast
HDLC
High Data Link Control
HGA
High Gain Antenna
HPA
High Power Amplifier
HPR
High Power Relay
HSDU
High Speed Data Unit (same as HST)
Glossary-4
glossary
523-0808269
GLOSSARY
Term
Definition
HSR
High Stability Reference
HST
High Speed SATCOM Transceiver
HTTP
Hyper Text Transfer Protocol
I/O
Input/Output
ICAO
International Civil Aviation Organization
ID
Identification number/Identifier
IF
Intermediate Frequency
IFE
In-Flight Entertainment
IGA
Intermediate Gain Antenna
INMARSAT
International Maritime Satellite Organization
INT
Interrupt
IOR
Indian Ocean Region
IP
Instrumentation Port (SATCOM) or Internet Protocol
IRE
Infrared Remote Equipment
IRS
Inertial Reference System
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital Network
ISO
International Standards Organization
ISU
Initial Signal Unit
ITU
International Telecommunications Union
kB/S (kb/s)
Kilobits per second
kBps
Kilo bytes per second
kHz
Kilohertz (103 Hertz)
L-band
A Frequency Band 390 to 1550 MHz (extends to 1660.5 MHz for AES SATCOM operation)
LAN
Local Area Network
LCD
Liquid Crystal Display
LED
Light Emitting Diode
LES
Land Earth Station
LHCP
Left Hand Circular Polarization
LICI
Link Interface Control Information
LIDI
Link Interface Data Information
LIDU
Link Interface Data Unit
LPDU
Link Protocol Data Unit
LRU
Line Replaceable Unit
LSB
Least Significant Bit
Glossary-5
glossary
523-0808269
GLOSSARY
Term
Definition
LSD
Least Significant Digit
LSDI
Link Service Data Information
LSU
Lone Signal Unit
L-to-C
L-band to C-band
MCE
Modular Cabin Equipment
MCU
Modular Concept Unit (approx. 1/8ATR (Airline Transport Rack))
MHz
Megahertz (106 Hertz)
MIC
Microphone
MIDU
Multipurpose Interactive Display Unit
MME
Moving Map Equipment
MMEL
Master Minimum Equipment List
MOCODEC
Modulator CODEC
MODEM
Modulator/Demodulator
MP
(1) Middle Plug (of J1 of SRT-2100),

(2) Reference number for message sent on P-Channel
MPDS
Mobile Packet Data Service
MSB
Most Significant Bit
MSL
Master Seat Location
MSD
Most Significant Digit
MSK
Minimum Shift Keying
MU
ACARS Management Unit
MUX
Multiplexer
N/A
Not Applicable
NACK
Negative Acknowledgment
NAPT
Network Address and Port Translation
NCD
No Computed Data
NCS
Network Coordination Station
NIC
New Installation Concept
NML
Normal
NMT
Not More Than
NOTAM
Notice to Airmen
NPDU
Network Protocol Data Unit
NVM
Non-volatile Memory
ODB
Operational Data Base
OEM
Original Equipment Manufacturer
Glossary-6
glossary
523-0808269
GLOSSARY
Term
Definition
OPS
Operational Software
OSI
Open Systems Interconnection
ORT
Owner Requirements Table
PA
Public Address
PABX
Private Automatic Branch Exchange
PBX
Private Branch Exchange
PC
Personal Computer
PCI
Protocol Control Information or Peripheral Component Interconnect
PCM
Pulse Code Modulation
PCU
Passenger Control Unit
Pd
P-Channel used for data
PDE
Power Distribution Equipment
PDU
Protocol Data Unit
PED
Portable Electronic Devices
PLL
Phase Locked Up
PM
Personality Module
PME
Processor/Mass Storage Equipment
PN
Part Number
POR
Pacific Ocean Region
PSE
Power Supply Equipment
Psid
P-Channel used for Satellite Identification
Psmc
P-Channel used for SMC functions
PSPDN
Public Switched Packet Data Network
PSSL
Product Support Service Letter
PSTN
Public Switched Telephone Network
PSU
Passenger Service Unit
PTT
Push-To-Talk
Precedence value indicating the number of the queue used for transmission
R-Channel
Random access channel used in inbound messages to carry some signaling and user data. Usually
confined to transaction initiation and request signals.
RAM
Random Access Memory
RDE
Relay Drive Equipment
RF
Radio Frequency
RFC
Reservation Forthcoming signal
RFU
Radio Frequency Unit
Glossary-7
glossary
523-0808269
GLOSSARY
Term
Definition
RHCP
Right Hand Circular Polarization
RFU
Radio Frequency Unit
RLS
Reliable Link Service
ROM
Read Only Memory
Rsmc
R-Channel used for SMC functions
RSVD
Reserved
RTCA
Radio Technical Commission for Aeronautics
RTS
Request-To-Send
RTX
Retransmission message
RX
Receive
SAL
System Address Label
SATCOM
Satellite Communications system
SC
Start Conversation
SCDU
Single Channel Per Carrier
SDI
Source Destination Identifier
SDL
CCITT Specification and Description Language
SDM
INMARSAT System Definition Manual
SDU
Satellite Data Unit
SDUXTALK
SDU Cross Talk
SITA
Societe Internationale de Telecommunications Aeronautiques
SMC
System Management and Communication
SMD
Surface Mounted Device
SPE
Switch Panel Equipment
SR
Symbol Rate
SRE
Speaker Equipment
SSM
Sign/Status Matrix
SSND
Satellite Sub-Network Dependent
SSNL
Satellite Sub-Network Layer
SRT
Satellite Receiver Transmitter
ST bus
Serial Telecom bus
STB
Starboard
STBD
Starboard
STX
Start of Transmission
SU
Signal Unit
Glossary-8
glossary
523-0808269
GLOSSARY
Term
Definition
SVGA
Super Video Graphics Array
SVU
Satellite Voice Unit
SWDL
Software Data Loader
SYNC
Synchronized (or Synchronization)
T-Channel
TDM channel used for outbound or inbound messages (voice or data)
TACKe
T-Channel Acknowledge Signal Indicating Errors
TACKr
T-Channel Acknowledge Signal Requesting Retransmission
TCU
Telephone Conversion Unit
TCP-IP
Transport Control Protocol - Internet Protocol
TDM
Time Division Multiplex
TDMA
Time Division Multiplier Access
THD
Total Harmonic Distortion
TP
Top Plug (of J1 of SRT-2100)
TSE
Touchscreen Equipment
TSO
Technical Standard Order
TX
Transmit
UART
Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter
USER CMD
User Commanded
USB
Universal Serial Bus
UTC
Universal Time, Coordinated
UUT
Unit Under Test
UW
Unique Word
VA
Video Address
VCE
VCR Equipment
VCO
Voltage-Controlled Oscillator
VCU
Video Control Unit
VEE
Video Encoder Equipment
VGA
Video Graphics Array
VLAN
Virtual Local Area Network
VMOS
Virtual Machine Operating System
VOX
Voice
VPN
Virtual Private Network
VSWR
VoltageStanding Wave Ratio
Watts
Glossary-9
glossary
523-0808269
GLOSSARY
Term
Definition
WASP
Wireless Access Service Point
Wi-Fi
Wireless Fidelity
WLM
Wireless LAN Manager
WLU
Wireless LAN Unit
WPCU
Wireless Passenger Control Unit
XPDR
Transponder
ZDE
Zone Distribution Equipment
Glossary-10
523-0808269
Copyright 2008, Rockwell Collins, Inc.,
All Rights Reserved, Printed in USA

RC CES-605 Installation Manual 523-0808269 Edn 5

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

RC CES-605 Installation Manual 523-0808269 Edn 5

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

installation

Export Control Classification Notice (ECCN) for this document is EAR99.

Copyright 2008 Rockwell Collins, Inc. All rights reserved.

March 15, 2008

HOLDERS OF ROCKWELL COLLINS CES CABIN ELECTRONICS SYSTEM FOR

5TH EDITION HIGHLIGHTS

TRAINING AND INFORMATION SOLUTIONS

CES Cabin Electronics System

Printed in the United States of America

All Rights Reserved.

Rockwell Collins, Inc.

ROCKWELL COLLINS, INC.

Export Control Classification Notice (ECCN) for this document is EAR99.

Rockwell Collins, Inc.

For product orders or inquiries, please contact:

Rockwell Collins, Inc.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.

Dates of issue for original and changed pages are:

Original 0 . . . . . . . . . 15 March 2008

*Zero in this column indicates an original page.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.

*Zero in this column indicates an original page.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iv

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

DATA BASE UPDATE PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Cabin Electronic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Airborne Office, Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57

CES Equipment for Challenger 605. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

To submit comments regarding this manual, please contact:

1. GENERAL ADVISORIES FOR ALL UNITS.

SERVICE PERSONNEL ARE TO OBEY STANDARD SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, SUCH AS WEARING

THIS UNIT EXHIBITS A HIGH DEGREE OF FUNCTIONAL RELIABILITY. NEVERTHELESS, USERS

2. SPECIFIC SAFETY ADVISORIES FOR THE CABIN ELECTRONICS SYSTEM.

REMOVE AND INSTALL MODULAR CABINET EQUIPMENT MODULES ACCORDING TO THE

Table 1-1. CES Equipment for Challenger 605.

Modular Cabinet Equipment

Modular Fan Equipment

Power Supply Equipment

Processor/Mass Storage Equipment

LAN and System Software

PME Configuration File

Moving Map Equipment (Small)

MME Application Software

Zone Distribution Equipment

Jumper Ethernet Equipment

CMS Standard Equipment

C/R/T and C/R/R Switch Panel Mounting Bracket

Relay Drive Equipment

Digital Tapping Equipment (Cockpit EFB and PA)

Remote Control Equipment

Remote Control Software Config

3.8-inch, VIP LCD

Short Beauty Ring

CRT and CRR

Long Beauty Ring

Switch Panel (Flush) 1x1

1x1 Call Switch Panel (Aft Lav)

1x4 Aft Lav Lights Switch Panel

1x1 Switch Panel (Jumpseat)

1x4 Switch Panel (Entry)

Table 1-1. CES Equipment for Challenger 605. - Continued